*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 79190 *** A BRIEF GRAMMAR OF THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE WITH EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES BY JOHN C. BRANNER, +Ph.D.+, LL.D. _Vice-President and Professor of Geology Leland Stanford Jr. University Sometime Geologist of the Commissão Geologica do Brazil and of the Serviço Geologico do Brazil_ [Illustration] NEW YORK HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY 1910 +Copyright+, 1910, BY HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY TO RICHARD CUTTS SHANNON PREFACE This little book has been prepared for the use of English-speaking students who wish to get a practical knowledge of the Portuguese language. The plan of Professor Edgren’s _Brief Spanish Grammar_ has been followed, in many respects almost literally. Many Portuguese grammars have been consulted, but the ones most freely drawn from are the thirteenth edition of João Ribeiro’s _Grammatica Portugueza_, published at Rio de Janeiro in 1907, and the twenty-sixth edition of the _Nova Grammatica Portugueza_ by Bento José de Oliveira, published at Coimbra in 1904. It is not claimed that there is much that is new or original in the work. The author has simply endeavored to follow the best Portuguese grammarians, and his own observations and experience with the language, in an effort to make it readily accessible to English-speaking students and in as compact a form as possible. It has been kept in mind that such a work, in order to be useful, must keep practical points in view even at the expense of the erudite and more scholarly features of the language. The book is purely elementary; those who require a thorough knowledge of the philologic and philosophic features of the tongue should consult the more pretentious works. Near the end of the volume a few short examples are quoted from several of the best Portuguese authors. These examples are taken partly from Brazilian and partly from Portuguese writers. It may be well to say here that the idea one often hears expressed to the effect that the Portuguese of Brazil is not good Portuguese is altogether erroneous. It is true that one hears purely local terms and expressions in various parts of Brazil,[1] but so he does in Portugal and, for that matter, in all languages and in every other part of the world. The language used by the educated Brazilians is just as correct in the main as that used by the educated Portuguese. The difference between the Portuguese spoken in Brazil and that spoken in Portugal is similar to the difference between the English of North America and the English of England--one about which the foreigner need not seriously concern himself. Portuguese is a remarkably phonetic language, and one accustomed to the difficulties of the English, or even of the French, must be impressed with the comparative simplicity of its spelling. Examples of the chief orthographic difficulties are given at paragraph 13, pages 21-22. Those who are interested in this subject should consult the scholarly work of A. R. Gonçalves Viana entitled _Ortografia Nacional_, published at Lisbon in 1904. Of late years there has been some agitation in favor of orthographic reform, and the Brazilian Academy promulgated in 1907 certain rules which, if followed, would still further tend to simplify spelling. These rules, however, do not appear to have been taken seriously as yet. The Brazilian scholar who has given most careful and most practical attention to this matter of Portuguese spelling is Professor M. Said Ali, of Rio de Janeiro. He has published a _Vocabulario orthographico_ in which rules for greater simplicity are laid down, and the words about which there is any question are all given. The spelling given by Professor Said Ali has been followed in the present work. In cases where two spellings have been or are used, cross-references are made in the vocabulary. The chief object of this book is to encourage and facilitate the study of the Portuguese language and literature by English-speaking people. It is not a little remarkable that the language has not been cultivated more by English and American scholars.[2] It is generally regarded as the most Latin of all the Latin tongues, and it certainly is a virile one, and has a “classic solemnity that distinguishes it from all other living languages.”[3] In addition, the literary, historical, and philological treasures of the Portuguese commend it to the thoughtful attention of scholars the world over, while the increasing commercial importance of Portuguese-speaking nations entitle it to respectful consideration and study for commercial, political, and diplomatic reasons. For many corrections and valuable suggestions the author gratefully acknowledges his indebtedness to the able Brazilian historian, Capistrano de Abreu, and to the distinguished grammarian, Professor Said Ali, who have kindly read the manuscript. For any errors, oversights, or other shortcomings of the work, however, these gentlemen are in no way responsible. +J. C. Branner.+ +Stanford University, California.+ FOOTNOTES: [1] As an example see “Colleção de vocabulos e frases usados na Provincia de S. Pedro do Rio Grande do Sul” por Antonio Alvares Pereira Coruja. _Revista do Instituto Historico e Geographico do Brazil_, XV, 210-240. Rio de Janeiro, 1852. [2] Sir Richard Burton makes this comprehensive remark about the popular Anglo-Saxon idea of the Portuguese: “As a rule we dislike the language because it is nasal, and we have a deep-rooted and most ignorant idea that Portuguese, the most Latin of all the neo-Latin tongues, is a ‘bastard dialect of Spanish.’” (Burton’s _Highlands of Brazil_, I, 15.) [3] Almeida Garrett. _Obras Completas_, XXI, 7. CONTENTS PAGE +Preface+ v +The Portuguese Language+ 1 I. +Sounds and Accents+ 4 Alphabet 4 Pronunciation 5 Vowels 5 Diphthongs 6 Nasal sounds 7 Consonants 7 Dialectical 11 Accent marks 12 Tone accent 13 Quantity 19 Syllabication 19 Capital letters 20 Orthography 21 II. +Articles+ 23 Definite article 23 Contractions 23 Syntax 24 Indefinite article 25 Syntax 26 III. +Nouns+ 26 Inflection 26 Plural formation 27 Plurals only 28 Compound words 28 Varied meanings 29 Gender 30 Masculine 30 Feminine 31 Common terminations 32 Nouns of opposite sexes 34 Related 35 Unrelated 35 Identical 35 Closely similar related nouns 35 Similar unrelated nouns 37 Qualifying suffixes 38 Augmentatives 41 Diminutives 41 IV. +Adjectives+ 43 Plural 43 Feminine 43 Comparison 44 Irregular comparisons 47 Augmentatives and diminutives 47 Syntax of nouns and adjectives 48 V. +Numerals+ 50 Cardinals 50 Ordinals 51 The fractions 52 Multiplication 53 Numeral substantives 54 Idioms with the numerals 54 VI. +Pronouns+ 56 Personals 56 Use of the third person 57 Reflexive 58 Duplication 58 Syntax of the personal pronoun 59 Possessives 61 Demonstratives 63 Determinatives 64 Interrogatives 65 Relatives 66 Indefinite 67 VII. +Verbs+ 69 Conjugations 69 Terminations of the regular verbs 70 Model verbs 72 Observations on the regular verbs 75 Auxiliary verbs 76 Conjugation of the auxiliary verbs 79 Irregular verbs 81 Reference list of irregular verbs 82 Variable participles of regular verbs 88 List of verbs having participles of two forms 89 Defective verbs 91 Subjects of verbs 91 Impersonal verbs 93 Prepositions required by verbs 94 Objects of verbs 96 Special uses of verbs 97 Periphrastic verb phrases 98 Reflexive verbs 99 Imperative and subjunctive 100 The subjunctive and the indicative 101 Personal infinitive 102 VIII. +The Indeclinables+ 103 Adverbs 103 Special cases 105 Negation 107 Double negative 107 Interrogation 108 Prepositions 108 Conjunctions 113 Interjections 114 Abbreviations 115 Similarity of words 117 IX. +Exercises+ 119 Examples of style 157 Os Santos Evangelhos 157 Alexandre Herculano 159 Almeida Garrett 162 Joaquim Nabuco 163 Julia Lopes d’Almeida 165 Gonçalves Dias 169 Marquez de Maricá 170 Luis de Camões 173 +Vocabularies+ 177 Portuguese-English Vocabulary 179 English-Portuguese Vocabulary 210 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR THE PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE The Portuguese language[4] was evolved principally from the popular Latin spoken in the Portuguese part of the Spanish peninsula after the Roman conquest in the second century before Christ. Only a few words of the former Celtic dialects spoken there were preserved in the later Portuguese. The subsequent Gothic invasion also introduced a few words of Germanic origin, while the religious life of the people led to the introduction of certain words of Greek origin. In the eighth century the Moors invaded the Spanish peninsula, and for several hundred years occupied portions of that region. This long contact of the Moors with the inhabitants of Portugal naturally resulted in the introduction into the Portuguese language of a good many words of Semitic origin; most of these words have as a prefix the Arabian article =al=, such as =algodão=, _cotton_; =alfinete=, _pin_. It was during the long Gothic and Arabian occupancy that the Latin spoken in western Spain appears to have gradually taken on the form of a distinct language that was spoken the whole length of the region now known as Portugal. The oldest-known documents in the Portuguese language date from the last quarter of the twelfth century--about the time the Portuguese monarchy was founded. It was only in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, however, that it became a literary language, and took on permanent form. A few words were introduced from the French and others from the Provençal, while translations from the Latin introduced many words and idioms from that language, partly, it is supposed, through the pedantry of the translators. The Spanish language, on account of its literary vogue, and on account of the proximity of its people and the similarity of the two tongues, necessarily reacted upon the Portuguese. This vogue was so marked that during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries many Portuguese authors wrote in Spanish. The explorations of the Portuguese navigators into the newly discovered parts of the world led to the importation of some foreign words, and, at the same time, carried colonists and established the language in Asia, Africa, and South America. In the sixteenth century the first Portuguese grammars were published by Fernão de Oliveira and João de Barros, and these works materially helped to fix the language. It is said that of the living languages of Latin origin the Portuguese most closely resembles the Latin. This is due to the fact that Portugal, on account of its geographic position, has not been affected by contact with the rest of the world so much as Italy, France, and Spain. In recent years, however, the increased facilities for international communication, the demands of commerce and the requirements of various enterprises and technical industries, and the spread of interest in certain sports have caused the introduction of words from various foreign tongues. In many cases the foreign words themselves have been adopted but in others the words have been more or less modified. FOOTNOTES: [4] Condensed chiefly from the _Grammatica historica da lingua Portuguesa_ por Antonio G. R. de Vasconcelloz. Lisboa, 1900. I. SOUNDS AND ACCENTS ALPHABET =1.= The Portuguese alphabet is the same as the English except that it contains no _w_. Following are the Portuguese names of the letters together with their approximate pronunciations. LETTERS PORTUGUESE NAMES PRONUNCIATIONS WITH ENGLISH VALUES =a= _a_ ah =b= _be_ bay (short)[5] =c= _ce_ say (short)[5] =d= _de_ day (short)[5] =e= _é_ ay (as _ea_ in health) =f= _effe_ or _fê_ éffe _or_ fay =g= _ge_ or _ji_ hjay (_hj_ = French _j_)[5] =h= _agá_ agáh =i= _i_ ee =j= _jóta_ hjóta (_hj_ = French _j_) or _zh_ =k= _ka_ kah =l= _elle_ or _lê_ élle[6] _or_ lay =m= _emme_ or _mê_ émme[6] _or_ may =n= _enne_ or _nê_ énne[6] _or_ nay =o= _ó_ o (as in nor) =p= _pe_ pay (short)[5] =q= _que_ kay (short)[5] =r= _erre_ or _rê_ érre[6] _or_ ray =s= _esse_ or _si_ ésse[6] _or_ see =t= _te_ tay (short)[5] =u= _u_ oo (as in poor) =v= _ve_ vay (short)[5] =x= _xiz_ or _xê_ shiz _or_ shay =y= _ypsilon_ ypsilon =z= _ze_ zay (short)[5] +Note.+--The letter =w= is only used in the foreign words in which it occurs. It is called =dobleú=, very much as in English. PRONUNCIATION =2.= =Vowels.=--For the most part the vowels are pronounced separately, so that each one forms a syllable. The only exceptions to this rule are the nasal diphthongs. The sounds of the vowels are characterized as _long_, _short_, _open_, _close_, and _nasal._ +Sounds of the Vowels+ +PHONETIC APPROXIMATING THE VALUES ENGLISH+ +EXAMPLES+ { long _a_ in farther =sofá= =a= { short _u_ in but =boca, festa= { nasal =manso= The =a=-sounds differ in quantity rather than quality. +PHONETIC VALUES+ +APPROXIMATING THE ENGLISH+ +EXAMPLES+ { open _ea_ in health =café= (so accented) { close _a_ in table =sello= (sometimes =e= { accented, as =mercê=) { short (or mute)[7] _e_ in winter =caracter= { nasal _ai_ in paint =pente=[8] { long _ee_ in bee =frío= =i= { short _i_ in it =quási= { nasal _i_ in pin =injusto= { open _o_ in not =pó= (so accented) =o= { close _o_ in note =boa, avô= (so accented) { short (or mute)[9] _o_ in block =locação, cravo= { nasal _o_ in long =pómpa= { long _ue_ in blue =perú= =u= { short _oo_ in boot =tríbu= { (only shorter) { nasal _oo_ in room =túmba= =u= is silent when preceded by =q= and followed by =e= or =i=: =aqui= (pr. =akee=). =y= is pronounced =ee= as if it were =i= long; it is nasal when followed by =m=, as =tympano=. =Y= is much used in Brazil in words of Tupy origin, as =Ivahy=, =Apody=. =3.= =Diphthongs.=--It is customary to regard as pure diphthongs such vowel combinations as =ae= in =pae=, =ai= in =vai=, =au= in =pau=, =ei= in =lei=, =eo= in =deo=, =eu= in =breu=, =oe= in =heroe=, =iu= in =viu=, =oi= in =boi=, =ui= in =fui=. It is to be noted, however, that these combinations are pronounced, not as single sounds, but as if the letters were sounded separately yet with a slight abbreviation from the full values of the separate vowels. The true diphthongs are known in Portuguese as the _nasal diphthongs_. These are =ãe= as in =mãe=, =ão= as in =mão=, =õe= as in =põe=, =ũi= as in =muito=. (=Muito=, however, is a unique case.) =4.= =Nasal Sounds.=--There are nasal sounds for most of the vowels. These are indicated either by the nasal diphthongs or by the single vowels followed by =m= or =n=, as =tão= or =tam=, =bem=, =sim=, =bom=, =um=. These words are pronounced as if they ended with an English _ng_ in which the _g_ is not heard. =Tão= is pronounced nearly as if written =towng= with the =ng= sound omitted or cut short. =Bem= is pronounced as if written =beng=, but without the =g= being sounded; =um= as if written =oong= but omitting the =g= sound. All syllables ending in =em=, =en=, =im=, =in=, =õ=, =om=, =on=, =um=, and =un= have the nasal sound whether at the end of a word or followed by a consonant. =5.= =Consonants.=--The consonants not mentioned here are pronounced as in English. =b= is silent in =subdito=, _subject_ (pronounced as if written =súdito=), and in =subjeitar=, an old form of =sujeitar=. =ç= with the cedilla (=cedílha=) is soft as in French. The cedilla is used to soften the sound of =c= before =a=, =o=, and =u=: =calças= (pr. as if written =cálsas=). =c= is silent when followed by =t= or =c=: =activo= (pr. as if written =ativo=), =acção= (pr. as =ação=). Except =convicto=, =pacto=, =fricção=, =convicção=. =ch= has the sound of _sh_ in _she_: =chá= (pr. as if written =shah=); before consonants and in words of Greek origin it has the sound of _k_: =Christo= (pr. as =Krísto=). =g= is hard before =a=, =o=, and =u= in all cases; before =e=, =i=, and =y= it has the sound of the French =j=: =gelo= (pr. as if written _hjelo_). When =g= would ordinarily precede =e= or =i=, =u= is added before those vowels in order to give or preserve the hard sound: =entregar=, _to deliver_, has =entregue= for the past participle, thus preserving the hard =g= sound. =g= when followed by =n= is silent: in the words =signal= (as if =sinal=) and =signalar= and words beginning with =assign=: as =assignar=, =assignatura=. =h= has no sound of its own in Portuguese; it is not a letter, properly speaking, but an etymological mark or sign. It has a value, however, in connection with =c=, =l=, =n=, and =p=, which see. =j= is pronounced as in French, like _g_ in _midge_. =lh= is pronounced like _lli_ in _million_. In writing and printing these two letters belong to the syllable whose vowel follows and must be kept together. The syllables of =cordilheira= are =cor-di-lhei-ra=; of =filha= they are =fi-lha=. =m= at the end of a word or syllable is nasal. =Bem= is pronounced as if spelled =beng=, but without the final =g=-sound; =bemdito= (pr. =bengdeeto=, but with the =g= silent). In some words the =m= is apparently silent on account of the nasal sound: =damno= (pr. as if written =dánno=). =n= never ends a word in Portuguese except =irman=, _sister_, =iman=, _magnet_, =hyphen=, =colon=, and certain antiquated forms like =christan= for =christã=;[10] when it precedes final =s= it is nasal. =nh= is sounded like _ni_ in _union_, that is like the Spanish _ñ_, the Italian _gn_, or the French _gn_: =banho=, _bath_, =lenha=, _fire-wood._ In syllabication these two letters, when so pronounced, always belong with the vowel that follows them: =lenha= is divided =le-nha.= There are a few words, however, which are compounded of the prefix =an= or =in=, in which the =nh= is not so pronounced or written: such as =anhydro=, =inhabil=, =inhalar=, =inhibir=, =inhumano=. =p= is silent before =t=: =prompto= (pr. as if spelled =prónto=); =escripto= (pr. as if written =escríto=). Except that the =p= is pronounced in =captar=, =raptar=, =optar=, =repto=, and =mentecapto=. In =exempção= also the =p= is silent (pr. =izenssão=). =ph= is pronounced like _f_: =photographia= (pr. as if spelled =fotografía=). =q= is always followed by =u=, and always has the sound of _k_. =Qu= varies somewhat: before =a= and =o= the =u= is sounded, as =quando= (pr. =kwándo=); but before =e= and =i= the =u= is used with the =q= only for the purpose of producing or preserving the _k_ sound and is therefore not heard: =quer= (pr. =ker=); =aqui= (pr. =akee=). +Exceptions+: the =u= is sounded in =consequencia=, =frequente=, =equestre=, =antiquíssimo=. It is also allowable to sound the =u= in =questão=. =r= has two sounds: when it begins a word, or is double, it is rolled as in French or Spanish: =río=, =érro=; in other positions it is pronounced by striking the tongue lightly against the roof of the mouth almost as if pronouncing the letter =d=: =arara= (pr. nearly as if spelled =adada= but with the =d= approaching the English _r_-sound). Except: that the single =r= is rolled after =l=, =m=, =n=, =s=: =honrar=, =tenro=, =genro=, =Henrique=, =melro=, =chilrar=. =s= has the soft or hissing =s=-sound, and that of soft =z=. It has the =z=-sound when it stands between vowels: =rosa=, =casa= (pr. as if spelled =róza=, =cáza=). Except in cases of compound words where it has the =s=-sound. It has the soft =s=-sound in most other cases. =th= has the sound of =t=: =theoria= is pronounced as if written =teoria=. =w= is used only in foreign words and should be pronounced as in the language from which those words are taken. =x= has several sounds as follows: 1. like the English _ks_ in words ending in =ex=, =ix=, and =ux=, =fixar= and its compounds and derivatives, =flexão= and related words such as =flexibilidade= and =sexo=, =fluxo=, =maximo=, and =lexicologia= (=index= and =appendix= are pronounced =índes= and =appéndes= in addition). +Note.+--There are, however, some local differences in the pronunciation of some of these words: =flexão= properly pronounced =fleksão=, in Bahia is pronounced =flechão=. 2. like =s= when followed by =c=, =t=, or =p=: =extenso=, =excepto= (pr. as if =esténso=, =escépto=). 3. like =z= when preceded by =e= and followed by a vowel or by =h= and a vowel: =exemplo= (pr. =ezémplo=); =exercito= (pr. =ezército=); =exhausto= (pr. =ezausto=). 4. It is like =ss= or =ç= in =trouxe=, =anxiedade=, =syntaxe=, =defluxo=. 5. At the beginning of words, and in places other than those mentioned above, it is pronounced like the English _sh_; most cases fall under this rule: =xarope= (pr. as if =sharópe=); =exministro= (pr. as if written =eijminístro=); =baixo= (pr. =báisho=); =lixo= (pr. =leesho=). DIALECTICAL =6.= In certain parts of Portugal one hears many pronunciations that are purely dialectical. In Minho for example the people generally say =binho= instead of =vinho=, _wine_, and =sordado= instead of =soldado=, _soldier_. In Traz-os-Montes they say =tchapeo= for =chapeo=, _hat_, =tchave= for =chave=, _key_, =djente= for =gente=, _folks_; the =caipiras= or backwoodsmen of the state of São Paulo in Brazil have a similar pronunciation which was probably introduced from Portugal.[11] See the example quoted in the exercise at page 166. In Portugal as a rule the quantity of the short syllables is perceptibly shorter than in Brazil. =Sobrado=, =perigo=, and =pessoa= are so pronounced in full in the latter country, while in Portugal they are commonly pronounced =s’brado=, =p’rigo=, and =p’ssoa=. The =d= is pronounced in Brazil nearly as it is in the English language, but in Portugal it frequently has a strong resemblance to the English _th_ in _these_, so that =desde= in Portugal sounds very like =thézthy=, and =dedo=, like =dáytho=, the _th_ being soft like that in _though_. =7.= =Slang.=--Like other languages Portuguese has its slang words or expressions; such words and expressions are called =calão=, =gíria=, or =geringónça=. Some of them are not Portuguese but simply fantastic expressions; for the most part, however, they are the ordinary words of the language used in some figurative or special sense. For example, =estar na bagagem= literally means _to be in the baggage_, but it is a slang expression used in regard to a person who is _behindhand_, or who is _a slow coach_. =Mandachuva=, _one who orders the rain_, is slang equivalent to the American expression _political boss_.[12] ACCENT MARKS =8.= The cedilla is used with =c= to show that that letter has the soft =c= sound. The tilde (~) is used to show that the vowel over which it is placed is a nasal. It is only used over =a= and =o=. The acute accent (´) and the circumflex (^) are used: 1. To show the position of the tonic accent, especially in homonyms where there is a chance of mistaking one word for another, as =esta=, _this_, and =está=, _it is_; =séria=, _serious_, and =sería=, _would be_. 2. To indicate contractions: =em relação á= (for =a a=) =idéa=, _with regard to the idea_. +Note.+--The omission of the accent sometimes entirely changes the meaning of a sentence; for example, =matar a sede= means _to quench one’s thirst_, while =matar á sede= means _to kill with thirst_. In the second sentence the =á= is a contraction of the preposition =a=, _by_ or _with_, and the article =a=, _the_. 3. To indicate what are called open (´) and close (^) sounds of the vowels =e= and =o=: =café=, =mercê=, =paletó=, =avô=. TONE ACCENT (See Exercise III, page 121) =9.= Tone accent is a matter of so much importance in Portuguese that it is often quite impossible to understand the spoken language when the accents are improperly placed. Take as an illustration the word =sabia=: the accent may make it =sábia=, a learned woman, =sabía=, _I knew_ or _he knew_, or =sabiá=, _the Brazilian robin_. This kind of a case is not exceptional. In speaking the language, therefore, it is of the utmost importance that the accent be properly placed. The tone accent always falls on one of the last three syllables. There is an apparent exception to this rule in the enclitic monosyllables which are joined to certain other words, as =digo-lhe=, _I tell you_; =gosta-lo=, _to like it_. In these instances the addition of this enclitic does not change the position of the accent even when it falls on the syllable preceding the antepenult. Example: =fála-se-lhes=. _a._ There are no short and compact rules for guidance in the placing of the tone accent, and to almost every rule formulated there are many exceptions. The greatest number of words have it on the penult; fewest have it on the antepenult. The following suggestions may be found useful. For the accents of verbs see the models at § 107, pages 72-75. _b._ The following words take the accent on the _final syllable_: 1. Those ending in the nasal diphthongs: =ão=,[13] except =bénção=, =frángão=, =órfão=, and =órgão=; =ãos=; =ães=; =ões=. 2. Words ending in =i=, except =álcali=, =espermacéti=, =quási=; =l=, except words of Latin origin ending in =ilis=, as =dócil=, =fácil=, =hábil=, =útil=, and those ending in =vel=: =amável=, =agradável=, =crível=, =nível=; =im=; =r=, except =assúcar=, =cadáver=, =cáncer=, =carácter=, =éther=, =júnior=, =mártyr=, =néctar=, =súlphur=, and a few foreign words like =repórter= and =revólver=; =u=, except =tríbu=; =y=, except =júry=, =tílbury=; =z=. _c._ The following have the accent on the _penult_: 1. Erudite forms from the Greek ending in =ia=: as =democracía=, =geología=, =philosophía=, =autopsía=,[14] etc. Except the following which take it on the antepenult: =comédia=, =polícia=, =encyclopédia=, =geodésia=, =estratégia=, =necrománcia=, =pharmácia=. 2. Words ending as follows:[15] +List of Words having the Accent on the Penult+ ENDING EXAMPLE =-aco-a= velhaco =-aço-a= bagaço =-acho-a= despacho =-acto-a= contacto =-ado-a= delgado =-ade= idade =-ago-a= estrago =-age-em= estalagem =-aldo= ribaldo =-alo-a= _exc._ escándalo, sándalo =-alho-a= soalho =-ama= panorama =-ame= arame =-ampo-a= estampa =-ança= balança =-anco-a= alavanca =-ando-a= contrabando =-anho-a= campanha =-ano-a= porcelana =-anto-a= adianta =-ante= abundante =-arco-a= comarca =-ardo-a= mostarda =-argo= amargo =-aro= amparo, _exc._ pássaro =-arro-a= cigarro =-asso-a= devasso =-asto-a= nefasto =-aste= contraste =-ato-a= combata =-ate= abacate =-avo-a= escravo =-axo-a= (_see_ =acho=) =-eço-a= aconteça =-edo-a= brinquédo =-ego-a= _exc._ tráfego =-eiro= ferreiro =-eite= leite =-eito= respeito =-ejo-a= gracejo =-elho= evangelho =-ello-a= cancello-a =-elo= cogumelo =-emo= extremo =-eme= leme, _exc._ íngreme =-ença= nascença =-endo-a= legenda =-enho-a= engenho =-enso-a= imprensa =-ense= cearense =-ento-a= alimenta =-ente= presente =-erso-a= conversa =-erto-a= concerto =-essa= impressa =-esto= modesto =-eto-a= completo =-ete= canivete =-exa= perplexa =-eza= baroneza =-ice= velhice, _exc._ ápice, vertice, obice =-icho= rabicho =-iço-a= roliço =-ife= recife =-igo-a= _exc._ código, pródigo =-ilho-a= quartilho =-ilo-a= crocodilo =-imba= cacimba =-indo-a= tamarindo =-ingo-a= domingo =-ino-a= pepino =-into-a= precinto-a =-inte= ouvinte =-ique= alambique =-ira= caipira =-isco-a= marisco =-ismo-a= fatalismo =-iso= paraiso =-isto-a= revista =-istro= registro =-ite= limite, _exc._ trámite =-ivo-a= objectivo =-ixo-a= suffixo =-izo-a= prejuizo =-oa= canoa, _exc._ nódoa, névoa =-oço-a= almoço =-ode= pagode =-ogo-a= fogo =-oito-a= biscoito =-olho-a= escolho =-olo-a= viola, _exc._ frívolo, malévolo =-olto-a= revolta =-olvo= revolvo =-oma= diploma =-ombo-a= quilombo =-ona= azeitona =-onça= geringonça =-ondo-a= redondo maribondo =-onga= oblonga =-onha= vergonha risonha =-ono= abandono =-onto-a= affronta =-onte= horizonte =-oque= reboque =-ora= espora, _exc._ víbora, ámphora, cánfora =-orço-a= esforça =-orma= reforma =-orme= conforme =-orno-a= contorno =-orro-a= cachorro =-orto-a= morto =-orte= consorte =-oso= caprichoso =-osso= colosso =-osto-a= desgosta =-oto-a= gafanhoto terremoto =-ote= serrote =-uco-a= caduco maluco =-udo-a= agudo =-ude= altitude saude =-ugem= ferrugem =-uega= Noruega =-ulho-a= embrulho =-umo-a= resumo =-ume= betume =-uno-a= gatuno =-umno-a= alumno =-undo-a= fecunda =-unho-a= testemunho =-uncto-a= defuncta =-upo-a= chalupa =-uque= batuque =-uro-a= figura =-urro-a= empurra =-uso-a= confusa abuso =-usto-a= robusta arbusto =-uto-a= enxuto =-ucto= fructo =-upto= corrupto d. The following take the accent on the _antepenult_: 1. Masculine nouns from the Greek such as =astrónomo=, =geólogo=, =philósopho=. 2. Absolute superlatives in =-imo=: =illustríssimo=, =óptimo=. 3. Words ending as in the following: +List of Words having the Accent on the Antepenult+ ENDING EXAMPLE =-acio= palacio =-aculo= espectaculo =-afico= biografico =-aia= praia =-alo= (_few_) escandalo, _exc._ badálo =-ancia= abundancia =-andega= alfandega =-ania= subterrania =-anico= vulcanico =-antico= romantico =-astico-a= elastica =-atico-a= aquatico =-eio-a= passeio =-elico= evangelico =-encia= corpulencia =-enito= congenito =-erico-a= generica =-erio-a= materia, _exc._ bateria =-errimo= miserrimo =-etico-a= magnetico =-etrico-a= geometrico =-fugo= centrifugo =-geno-a= indigena =-icio-a= sacrificio =-icie= superficie =-iculo-a= agricola =-idio-a= suicidio =-ifero= montifero =-ifico= magnifico =-igero= belligero =-ilio= exilio =-inio-a= dominio =-irio-a= delirio =-itico-a= politica =-itimo-a= legitimo =-ivoro= carnivoro =-odico= methodico =-ogico= logico =-ogio= relogio, _exc._ elogío =-ographo= geographo =-olico-a= diabolico =-oloio= espolio =-ologo= geologo =-onico-a= carbonico =-onio-a= demonio =-onymo-a= enonymo =-ore= arvore, marmore =-orico-a= categorico =-orio-a= historia, _exc._ categoría =-otico-a= narcotico =-uncio-a= pronuncio =-undio-a= gerundio =-unio= importunio =-uo= melifluo, _exc._ amúo =-uria= penuria =-usculo= maiusculo _e._ There is a natural tendency in Portuguese to avoid placing the accent as far back as the antepenult; so much so that words thus accented are called =esdrúxulos=, a word of Italian origin (=sdrúcciolo=, _slippery_) which is used figuratively in Portuguese to mean _odd_, _strange_, _extravagant_. The =esdrúxulos= are few in number and are nearly all erudite forms. QUANTITY =10.= The tonic or accented vowels are always long; the atonic or unaccented ones are generally short: =útil=, =agradável=.[16] SYLLABICATION (See Exercise IV, page 123) =11.= In syllabication, _a._ Diphthongs cannot be separated. _b._ Monosyllables cannot be divided. _c._ The consonant combinations =lh=, =nh=, =rh=, and =ph= cannot be separated from each other or from the following vowels with which they form syllables: =ma-nhã=, =ba-ta-lha=, =phi-lo-so-phí-a=. _d._ A consonant between vowels belongs with the second one: =na-ríz=, =bár-ba-ro=. _e._ =G= and =q= followed by =u= remain with the vowel that follows: =guin-das-te=, =qual-quer=. _f._ Double consonants are separated: =bel-lo=, =af-fli-cto=. _g._ Mute letters, =c= in =ch=, =t= in =th=, =g= in =gn=, =t= in =ct=, =t= in =pt=, go with the following vowel: =ar-chi-tec-tu-ra=, =pan-the-is-mo=, =si-gnal=, =fru-cto=, =ca-pti-vo=, =ex-em-pto=. _h._ In nasal syllables =m= and =n= generally belong with the preceding vowel: =bem-di-to=, =man-so=, =dan-sar=. _i._ But when =m= is followed by =n= both of these letters belong with the following vowel: =so-mno=, =da-mno=. _j._ Compound words are divided according to their elements: =sub-stan-ti-vo=. CAPITAL LETTERS =12.= The rules for capitals are the same in general as in English; except that adjectives derived from proper names and =eu=, _I_, are not written with capitals save for some other reason such as at the beginning of a sentence: =francez=, _French_; =inglez=, _English_. This rule is not invariable, however, and one sees the proper adjectives sometimes with the capital and sometimes without. The use of the capital in such cases is regarded by some authors as more strictly the Portuguese custom. In addressing persons as =Senhor=, =Senhora=, =Vossa Senhoria=, =Vossa Santidade=, etc., it is the custom to begin these words with capitals. But capitals are not used when a person is referred to without the name, as =o sr. engenheiro tomou conta da estrada=. ORTHOGRAPHY =13.= Portuguese orthography is remarkably phonetic, and after a little practise one can usually spell correctly words heard for the first time. The etymology of the words, however, is not lost sight of, though some writers adhere more closely to the etymology while others tend toward phonetic simplification. The only exceptions to the phonetic writing of vowel sounds are: 1. That unaccented =o= is generally pronounced like =u= short, as =bonito= (pr. as if =bonítu=). 2. Unaccented =e= is often pronounced like =i= short, as =doce= (pr. as if =dóci=). _a._ The following will serve as examples of words spelled in different ways. For present purposes either spelling may be regarded as correct. ETYMOLOGICAL PHONETIC SPELLING SPELLING MEANING =apprender= =aprender= to learn =approximar= =aproximar= to approach =charidade= =caridade= charity =commigo= =comigo= with me =dicto= =dito= said =edade= =idade= age =egreja= =igreja= church =eschola= =escola= school =escripto= =escrito= written =logar= =lugar= place There are also many antiquated forms found in old books such as: =he= for =é= is =hum=, =huma= for =um=, =uma= a _or_ one =sam= for =são= are _b._ It is to be expected that the spelling of the present day should differ considerably from that of the sixteenth century, but aside from these differences one finds certain variations (called syncretic forms) that often puzzle the beginner. These come chiefly from the equivalence of the diphthongs =ou= and =oi=. The following is a list of the most common syncretic forms. Either form is allowable. +List of Common Syncretic Forms+ =açoute= =açoite= whip-lash =cousa= =coisa= thing =couro= =coiro= leather =doudo= =doido= crazy =dous= =dois= two =lousa= =loisa= paving slate =mouta= =moita= coppice =noute= =noite= night =ouro= =oiro= gold =thesouro= =thesoiro= treasure =vindouro= =vindoiro= future _c._ On the whole the tendency is toward the phonetic spelling, a tendency that has lately received much fresh impulse. These variations, however, are not to be regarded as license to spell words in any way.[17] FOOTNOTES: [5] In these words the =ay= is not drawn out; for example the =day= has the sound of _day_ in Friday. [6] These words take the tonic accent on the first syllable; the final =e= is short. [7] Unaccented =e= at the beginning or end of a word and before =s= and =a= has the phonetic value of =i= short: =bréve= = =brevi=; =estíma= = =istíma=; =egual= = =igual=; =veádo= = =viádo=; =leão= = =lião=. [8] The =e= is nasal when followed by =n=, as in =desenho=, =tenha=, =bens=; it also sounds as if written =ei= when followed by =j=, as =desejo=, =igreja=, =seja=, =veja=, etc., which are pronounced as if written =deseijo=, etc. [9] Unaccented =o= at the end of a word is equivalent to =u= short: =póvo= = =póvu=. [10] It has lately been proposed in favor of orthographical reform that short final syllables now ending in =ã= shall be written =an=, as =iman=, =firman=, =orphan=, and the long ones shall end with the =ã=, as =irmã=, =manhã=, and =allemã=. [11] Julio Ribeiro, _Grammatica Portugueza_, 9-10. [12] _A giria Brazileira_, “Brazilian Slang,” is the title of an interesting little book published at Bahia in 1899 by an able Brazilian scholar. [13] It was formerly the custom to write the final syllable of the third person plural of the first conjugation =ão=, thus =ámão=, =amávão=, =amarão=, =amaríão=. In these cases the accent does not fall on the final =ão= except in the future =amarão=. It is now the custom to end these words in =am=, reserving the =ão=, for the future which is accented according to the rule. [14] In Rio de Janeiro they say =autópsia=. [15] This list might be extended, but the exceptions become too numerous for convenience. [16] Professor Said Ali kindly adds the following important note regarding this rule: When the tonic vowel is followed by =c=, =f=, =p=, =rr=, =ss=, or =t=, it is short. Compare =bote=, =bode=; =mato=, =medo=; =faca=, =vaga=. [17] The most comprehensive study of modern Portuguese orthography is _Ortografia nacional, simplificação e uniformização sistematica das ortografias portuguesas_. Por A. R. Gonçalvez Viana. Lisboa, 1904. II. ARTICLES DEFINITE ARTICLE (See Exercise V, page 125) =14.= The definite article has gender and number to agree with its noun. MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH _Singular_ =o= =a= the _Plural_ =os= =as= the The Spanish form of the definite article is used in two instances: =El-Rei=, _the King_, and =Eldorado=. =15.= =Contractions.=--The articles combine with certain prepositions as follows: _a._ =a=, _to_, combines with the different forms of the article making =ao=, =á=, =aos= and =ás=, _to the_. _b._ =de=, _of_, combines with them forming =do=, =da=, =dos=, and =das=, _of the_. _c._ =em=, _in_, combines with them to form =no=, =na=, =nos=, and =nas=, _in the_ (instead of =em o=, =em a=, etc.). _d._ =per=, _by_, combines with them forming =pelo=, =pela=, =pelos=, and =pelas=, _by the_. =Polo= and =pola= are antiquated forms. +Use of the Definite Article with Prepositions+ _Singular_ _Plural_ MASC. FEM. MASC. FEM. =a= to =ao= =á= =aos= =ás= to the =de= of =do= =da= =dos= =das= of the =em= in =no= =na= =nos= =nas= in the =per= by =pelo= =pela= =pelos= =pelas= by the =16.= =Syntax of the Definite Article.=--The definite article is used as a determinative: =o menino=, _the boy_; =o bom=, _the good_. It is used before certain proper geographical names, especially those of rivers, mountains, seas, etc.: =a França=, _France_; =o Téjo=, _the Tagus_; =o Andes=, _the Andes_; =o Atlantico=, _the Atlantic_. In Brazil this rule is not universally followed. The names of the states of Parahyba and Bahia are used with the feminine article, while the article is not generally used with the names of the states of Pernambuco, Alagôas, Sergipe, São Paulo, Santa Catherina, Minas Geraes, and Mato Grosso. It is used familiarly before the names of persons: =onde está o João?= _where is John?_; =o Guimarães chegou=, _Guimarães has come_. It is used before pronouns and possessive adjectives: =o meu chapeo=, _my hat_; =a tua vontade=, _thy will_. In this case the article may be omitted in familiar style. It is also omitted in speaking of one’s kin, as =meu pai=, _my father_, not =o meu pai=, unless emphasis is required, when it is used. It is inserted before nouns used in a general sense where _in general, all, every_ may be understood: =o ouro é mais precioso que a prata=, _gold is more precious than silver_. It is used to indicate time and season: =ás duas horas=, _at two o’clock_; =no inverno=, _in winter_. It is used before nouns of weight and measure: =dois milreis o kilo=, =o metro=, _two milreis a kilo_, _a meter_. It is used before the names of languages: =estudando o portuguez=, _studying Portuguese_; =entendo o francez=, _I understand French_. It is used after verbs denoting possession: =estou com as mãos sujas=, _my hands are soiled_; =tem os olhos pretos=, _he_ (or _she_) _has black eyes_. It is used after =todo= in both numbers: =todo o homem é mortal= or =todos os homens são mortaes=, _all men are mortal_. It is used before certain titles: =O Senhor Costa=, =O Coronel Sampaio=. It is omitted before the titles =Sua Majestade=, _His Majesty_; =Vossa Alteza=, _Your Highness_; =Vossa Senhoria=. It is omitted before numerals used as titles: =Carlos quinto=, _Charles the fifth_. It is omitted with appositional nouns: =é filho do Coronel=, _he is the son of the colonel_. (For demonstrative pronouns having the same forms as the definite articles see § 65_c_. and § 87.) INDEFINITE ARTICLE (See Exercise VI, page 126) =17.= The indefinite article has gender and number to agree with its noun. MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH _Singular_ =um= =uma= a, an[18] _Plural_ =uns= =umas= some =18.= =Contractions.=--The indefinite article combines with =em= _in_ forming =num=, =numa=, =nuns=, and =numas= (in place of =em um=, etc.). It also combines with =de=, _of_, forming =dum=, though this is generally written =d’um=. The old form of the indefinite article was =hum=, =huma=, etc. The indefinite article has a negative form =nenhum=, _none_, which still retains the =h= that one often sees in the old forms. _a._ =Syntax of the Indefinite Article.=--The indefinite article always precedes its noun or its substantive adjective, as =uma pessoa=, _a person_; =um desconhecido=, _an unknown person_. _b._ The indefinite article is omitted: 1. Before predicative nouns denoting what a person is: =seu amigo é general=, _his friend is a general_; =elle assentou praça=, _he enlisted_. 2. After verbs of possession or denoting condition: =estou com fome=, _I am hungry_; =tenho bom apetite=, _I have a good appetite_. 3. After various indefinites, =outro=, =tal=, =certo=, =tanto=, =semelhante=, etc.: =tal dia=, =tal noite=, _such a day_, _such a night_; =foi sem dizer palavra=, _he went without saying a word_. 4. After an exclamatory =que=: =que bella noite=, _what a fine night_. FOOTNOTES: [18] The indefinite article =um=, =uma=, should not be confused with the cardinal number which has the same form in the singular (see page 50) but has no plural. III. NOUNS INFLECTION =19.= Portuguese nouns have no case forms; they distinguish in form only between singular and plural. PLURAL FORMATION (See Exercise VII, page 127) =20.= The plural is formed by adding =s= to the singular: =amigo=, _friend_, pl. =amigos=; =casa=, _house_, pl. =casas=. To this rule there are the following exceptions: 1. Final =m= changes to =n= before the final =s=: =homem=, _man_, pl. =homens=. 2. Final =ix= and =ex= change to =ice= before the final =s=: =index=, pl. =indices=; =appendix=, pl. =appendices=. 3. Final =r= and =z= add =e= before the final =s=: =mar=, _sea_, pl. =mares=; =cruz=, _cross_, pl. =cruzes=. 4. Final =al=, =ol=, and =ul= are changed to =aes=, =oes=, and =ues=: =sal=, _salt_, pl. =saes=; =dedal=, _thimble_, pl. =dedaes=; =anzol=, _fish-hook_, pl. =anzoes=; =paul=, _swamp_, pl. =paues=. Except that =consul=, =mal=, =cal=, =real= (_money_) have for plurals =consules=, =males=, =cales=, and =reis=. 5. Final =el= is changed to =eis=: =papel=, _paper_, pl. =papeis=; =annel=, _ring_, pl. =anneis=. =Mel=, _honey_, becomes either =meis= or =meles=. 6. Final =il=, when the word has the acute accent, is changed to =is=: =barril=, _barrel_, pl. =barris=; =funil=, _funnel_, pl. =funis=. When, however, the word has the grave accent the final =il= is changed to =eis=: =dócil=, _docile_, pl. =doceis=; =fóssil=, _fossil_, pl. =fósseis=. _a._ Nouns ending in =ão= form the plural in three ways: 1. Most nouns ending in =ão= change =ão= to =ões=: =acção=, =acções=. 2. A few add =s= to the singular: these are =mão=, =irmão=, =pagão=, =orfão=, =orgão=, =sotão=, =temporão=, =vão=, =zangão=. 3. A few others change =ão= to =ães=: =escrivão=, _notary_, pl. =escrivães=. These are =allemão=, =cão=, =capellão=, =capitão=, =catalão=, =charlatão=, =deão=, =ermitão=, =escrivão=, =guardião=, =pão=, =sacristão=, =tabellião=. _b._ Nouns ending in =s= have the same form in the plural: =o pires=, =os pires=, _the saucers_; =o caes=, =os caes=, _the quays_. Except =Deus=, =cos=, and =simples= (_drug_) become =deuses=, =coses=, =simplices=. _c._ When the accent of a word ending in =ão= is grave, the plural is always in =ãos=: =órgão=, _organ_, pl. =orgãos=; and similarly =benção=, _blessing_; =accordão=, _sentence of a court_; =sotão=, _attic_. =21.= =Plurals Only.=--Many nouns are used only in the plural. Such are =algemas=, fetters =alviçaras=, rewards =annaes=, annals =arredores=, environs =calças=, trousers =calendas=, calends =ceroulas=, drawers =confins=, confines =completas=, complin =exequias=, funeral rites =expensas=, costs =ferias=, holidays =manes=, shades =matinas=, matins =nonas=, nones =nupcias=, nuptials =trevas=, darkness =viveres=, provisions =22.= =Compound Words.=--Compound words generally have the plural form for the final word when one of the components has an adverbial sense: =salvo-conducto=, pl. =salvo-conductos=; =linguas neo-latinas=, _neo-Latin languages_; =jornaes luso-brasileiros=, _Portuguese-Brazilian journals_; =guarda-sol=, _sunshade_, pl. =guarda-soes=; =contra-veneno=, _antidote_, pl. =contra-venenos=. _a._ Compound words take the plural in both parts when they both represent functions belonging to the noun: =surdo-mudo=, _deaf-mute_, pl. =surdos-mudos=. _b._ As in English some nouns are plural but are used only in a singular sense: =Montes Claros fica na planicie=, _Montes Claros is on the plain_. Compound words united by =de= usually take the plural in the first part only: =flor-de-lis=, pl. =flores-de-lis=. _c._ Plural nouns that take the article, however, are used in the plural: =os Alpes ficam na Suissa=, _the Alps are in Switzerland_; =os Estados Unidos fizeram guerra=, _the United States made war_. =23.= =Varied Meanings.=--Some names change their meaning with the change of number. These correspond to similar changes that take place in the English language as illustrated by the words _iron_ and _irons_, _liberty_ and _liberties_. SINGULAR MEANING PLURAL MEANING =bem= well, good =bens= property =côrte= court =côrtes= congress, tribunals =dote= dowery =dotes= accomplishments =ferro= iron =ferros= shackles =filho= son =filhos= children (_or_ sons) =honra= honor =honras= solemnities =letra= letter =letras= literature =liberdade= liberty =liberdades= impertinence =molhado= wet =molhados= groceries =pai= father =pais= parents =parte= part =partes= parties (_judicial_) =secco= dry =seccos= dry-goods =zelo= zeal =zelos= jealousy GENDER OF NOUNS (See Exercise VIII, page 128) =24.= Gender is grammatical, and all nouns are either masculine or feminine.[19] The gender of words is sometimes determined by meaning and at other times by termination. There are no rules covering all cases, and there are many exceptions to those given below. =25.= =Masculine.=--The following are _masculine_: 1. Nouns denoting males and their offices and occupations: =o homem=, _the man_; =o cavallo=, _the horse_; =juiz=, _judge_; =pai=, _father_. +Note.+--In the names of animals having two genders the masculine form is generally used to designate the species: =o lobo=, _the wolf_. 2. Nouns not implying sex distinction and ending in =á= (=a= with acute accent) =sofá=, =tafetá=, =chá= (except =a pá=, _shovel_ or _spade_). =é= (except =chaminé=, =fé=, =galé=, =maré=, =ré=, =sé=). =i= (except =lei=, _law_, =grei=, _flock_). =o= (short or mute). This does not refer to the ending =ão=. =ó= (accented =o=) for the most part. The following, however, are feminine: =enxó=, _adz_; =mó=, _millstone_; =avó=, _grandmother_; =filhó=, _cake_; =ilhó=, _eyelet_. =l= (except =cal=, _lime_, =cathedral=, =moral=, =pastoral=). =m= (except =ordem=, _order_, and those ending in =gem=). =r= (except =colher=, _spoon_; =côr=, _color_; =dôr=, _pain_; =flôr=, _flower_). =s= (except those used only in the plural and ending in =as=: =andas=, =arrhas=, =cocegas=, and a few in =es=: =preces=, =ephemerides=). 3. Nouns ending in =ote= and =ume= are generally masculine. Examples: =dote=, =chicote=, =lume=, =costume=, =betume=. 4. Infinitive verbs are masculine when used as substantives: =o andar do cavallo=, _the gait of the horse_. 5. Masculine are the names of seas, rivers, lakes, and mountains, of the letters of the alphabet, of the numbers, the months, the points of the compass, and the notes in music. =26.= =Feminine.=--The following are _feminine_: _a._ Nouns denoting females and their names and occupations: =a vacca=, _the cow_, =mãi=, _mother_, =costureira=, _seamstress_, =rainha=, _queen_. _b._ +Note.+--In cases of sex distinction there are generally two forms, as =moço=, _young man_, =moça=, _young woman_, =poeta=, _poet_, =poetisa=, _poetess_. There are, however, some words which have the same form for both genders, such as =martyr=, =jovem=, and =tigre=, which may be either masculine or feminine. _c._ In some cases there is no masculine form of a noun: =rã=, _frog_, =abelha=, _bee_, =formiga=, _ant_, =aguia=, _eagle_, =onça=, _panther_, =cobra=, _snake_, =truta=, _trout_, =mosca=, _fly_. When it becomes necessary in such cases to indicate sex, it is done by use of the word =macho=, _male_, or =femea=, _female_; =o salmão macho=, _the male salmon_, or =a onça femea=, _the female panther_; =o corvo macho=, _the male crow_. _d._ Nouns not implying sex distinction ending in: =a= or =ã=. Except =dia=, _day_, =mappa=, _map_, and words from the Greek ending in =ma=: =aroma=, =clima=, _climate_, =diploma=, =dogma=, =emblema=, =idioma=, =poema=, =thema=, =problema=, =symptoma=, =epigramma=. =ade=, as =caridade=, _charity_. =ude=, as =virtude=. Except =alaude=, =ataude=, =açude=, =almude=, =grude=. =gem=. Except =pagem=, _page_, and =selvagem=, _savage_, which may be of either gender. =ie=, as =planicie=. =27.= =Common Terminations.=--The following terminations are common to both genders: Words ending in { Masc. =alcatraz=, =ananaz=, =anthraz=, =cabaz=, =cartaz=, =az= { =gaz=, =lilaz=, =rapaz=. { Fem. =paz=, =tenaz=. { Masc. =arnez=, =convez=, =freguez=, =jaez=, =mez=, =pez=, { =revez=, =xadréz=. =ez= { Fem. =altivez=, =honradez=, =fez=, =mudez=, =pequenhez=, { =rapidez=, =redondez=, =rez=, =solidez=, =surdez=, { =tez=, =timidez=, =torquez=, =vez=. { Masc. =almofariz=, =giz=, =matiz=, =nariz=, =paiz=, =pleuriz=, =iz= { =tapiz=, =verniz=. { Fem. =buiz=, =cerviz=, =cicatriz=, =codorniz=, =matriz=, { =perdiz=, =raiz=, =sobrepelliz=. { Masc. =albernoz=, =algoz=, =aljaroz=, =arroz=, =cadoz=, =coz=, =oz= { =retroz=. { Fem. =foz=, =noz=, =voz=. { Masc. =alcaçuz=, =alcatruz=, =arcabuz=, =capuz=, =cuzcuz=, =uz= { =lapuz=, =obuz=. { Fem. =cruz=, =luz=. { Masc. =broche=, =café=, =carcere=, =codice=, =corte=, =dente=, { =epitome=, =tapete=, =traquete=, =valle=, =vertice=. =e= { Fem. =arte=, =ave=, =chave=, =corte=, =crise=, =fé=, =fome=, { =libré=, =lide=, =nave=, =neve=, =ponte=, =ralé=, { =rede=, =saude=, =sé=, =sebe=, =sede=, =sege=, { =torre=, =torrente=. { I. Augmentatives, even though derived { from feminine original. Examples: { =caixão= (=caixa=), =portão= (=porta=), =mulherão= { (=mulher=). { Masc. { II. Those in =ão= and not derived from { { words of the third declension of the { { Latin: =coração=, =grão=, =sabão=, =siphão=, =ão= { { =trovão=. { { Words so ending derived from words of the { { third declension in the Latin: =acção=, { { =constituição=, =dicção=, =execução=, =feição=, { Fem. { =instituição=, =legião=, =lentidão=, =mansidão=, { =multidão=, =opinião=, =rebellião=, =região=, { =resolução=, =servidão=, =solidão=, =união=. (But { =pão= from _panis_ and =sermão= from _sermo_ { are both masculine.) =28.= =Nouns of Opposite Sex.= (See Exercise IX, page 129.)--Nouns denoting individuals of opposite sex may be either _related_, _unrelated_, or _identical_. They are _a._ _Related_ when the feminine form is derived from the masculine either I. By adding =a= to the masculine form: =auctor=, author =auctora=, authoress =cantor=, singer (_male_) =cantora=, singer (_female_) =inglez=, Englishman =ingleza=, Englishwoman =senhor=, gentleman =senhora=, lady +Note.+--A few nouns in =r= have two feminine forms, as =lavrador=, =lavradora=, or =lavradeira=; =cantor=, =cantora=, or =cantatriz=. There is also a tendency to change final =or= to =eira=, as =trabalhador=, =trabalhadeira=. II. By changing final =o= or =e= to =a=, as =hospede=, guest (_male_) =hospeda=, guest (_female_) =mano=, brother =mana=, sister =mestre=, teacher (_male_) =mestra=, teacher (_female_) =moço=, young man =moça=, young woman =parente=, kinsman =parenta=, kinswoman III. By changing the terminal to =inha=, =essa=, =eza=, =neza=, =ola=: =barão=, baron =baroneza=, baroness =conde=, count =condessa=, countess =gallo=, cock =gallinha=, hen =hespanhol=, Spaniard =hespanhola=, Spanish woman =principe=, prince =princeza=, princess _b._ _Related but irregular_ forms of nouns of opposite sex are the following: MASCULINE FEMININE =avô=, grandfather =avó=, grandmother =dom=, sir, lord =dona=, lady =frade=, friar (_ant. freire_) =freira=, nun =ladrão=, thief =ladra=, woman thief =perú=, turkey-cock =perua=, turkey-hen =rapaz=, lad =rapariga=, girl =rei=, king =rainha=, queen =réo=, defendant =ré=, female defendant _c._ _Unrelated_ when not derived from the same word: =boi=, ox =vacca=, cow =cavallo=, horse =egua=, mare =genro=, son-in-law =nora=, daughter-in-law =pai=, father =mãi=, mother _d._ _Identical_ when the same word may be of either gender: =camarada= (_m._ or _f._), companion. =jovem= (_m._ or _f._), a young man _or_ young woman =guia=, guide =sentinella=, sentinel =29.= =Closely Similar Related Nouns.=--The Portuguese contains many nouns that are related in form and meaning, yet distinct in sex and significance. Following are some of these words: MASCULINE =bago= } =barco= } =bodo= } =caneco= } =cantharo= } =carreiro= } =cerco= } =cesto= } =cevo= } =chuço= } =cimo= } =cinto= } =corno= } =encosto= } =fabrico=[20]} =folho= } =fosso= } =friso= } =fruto= } =gorro= } The feminine forms =grito= } differ only in ending =horto= } in =a= instead of =o=. =jarro= } =lanço= } =lenho= } =madeiro= } =marujo= } =modo= } =pago= } =poço= } =ponto= } =porto= } =ramo= } =ribeiro= } =rio= } =sacco= } =saio= } =sapato= } =tacho= } =taleigo= } =trilho= } =troco= } =vallo= } =veio= } In each case these nouns contain the same fundamental idea, but the sense of the feminine form is more general, while that of the masculine is more specific. For example =fruta= is used for fruit in general, while =fruto= refers to one kind of fruit; =madeiro= is one kind of =madeira= (_wood_), and =bago= is one kind of a =baga= (_berry_).[21] =30.= =Similar Unrelated Nouns.=--There are other words that bear a similar resemblance to each other, but which have no genetic relations and have widely different meanings. Such are: MASCULINE MEANING FEMININE MEANING =banho= bath =banha= lard =barro= clay =barra= bar (_of stream_) =caso= case =casa= house =espinho= thorn =espinha= spinal column (_but_ =espinhas= =de peixe=, fish-bones) =escolho= cliff =escolha= choice =peito= breast =peita= bribe =prato= plate =prata= silver =queixo= jaw =queixa= complaint =solo= soil =sola= sole leather The same word sometimes occurs as a noun, adjective, or verb; in such cases the nature of the word is indicated by the context. =31.= There are still other words that are spelled precisely alike, but differ from each other in gender and in meaning. Following are some of these words: MASCULINE MEANING FEMININE MEANING =o capital= principal (_money_) =a capital= chief city =o chrisma= ointment =a chrisma= sacrament of confirmation =o cura= curate =a cura= cure =o guarda= warder =a guarda= care =o lingua= interpreter =a lingua= tongue =o lente= lecturer =a lente= lens =o sota= groom =a sota= queen (_at cards_) QUALIFYING SUFFIXES (See Exercise X, page 130) =32.= Suffixes are extensively and effectively used to modify and extend the meaning of nouns and adjectives, and even of verbs. In these cases the meaning of the parent word is carried over in some modified form to the new word. It should be noted, however, that these suffixes do not have, as a rule, such exact meanings as do the prefixes. Most of the suffixes are directly from the Latin, while =ista=, =isme=, =ite=, and =izar= are from the Greek. Only the more important of them can be mentioned here. +Examples+ ORIGINAL TERMINATION WORD MEANING WITH SUFFIX MEANING =-ada= =limão= lemon =limonada= lemonade =marmelo= quince =marmelada=[22] marmalade =mulher= woman =mulherada= a lot of women =baixo= low =baixada= low ground =faca= knife =facada= a knife cut =-agem= =homem= man =homenagem= homage =vassalo= vassal =vassalagem= vassalage =-al= =café= coffee =cafezal= field of coffee (The =z= in =cafezal= is for the sake of euphony.) =banana= banana =bananal= field of bananas =milho= corn =milhoral= field of corn =-ado= =consul= consul =consulado= consulate =-cida= =rei= king =regicida= king-killer =formiga= ant =formicida= ant-killer =-aria= =cavallo= horse =cavallaria= cavalry =porco= hog =porcaria= filth =-ario=[23] =botica= apothecary’s =boticario= apothecary shop =-eiro-a=[24]=mina= mine =mineiro= miner =chá= tea =chaleira= teakettle (_or_ kettle) (The =l= in =chaleira= is for euphony.) =-ense= =Brasil= Brazil =brasiliense= Brazilian =-ez= =França= France =francez= French =-eza= =rico= rich =riqueza= riches =pobre= poor =pobreza= poverty =-ude= =quieto= (_adj._) quiet =quietude= (_n._) quietude =-udo= This suffix expresses abundance or intensity, as =cabeça= head =cabeçudo= big-headed, pig-headed =beiço= lip =beiçudo= thick-lipped =-or= =orar= to orate =orador= orator =falar= to talk =falador= talker =trabalhar= to work =trabalhador= laborer =33.= Many other suffixes are so nearly like forms in English that they will be recognized, such as those ending in =ficar= corresponding to the English _fy_: =clarificar=, _to clarify_, =purificar=, _to purify_, =classificar=, _to classify_; others ending in =mente= corresponding to the English ending _ly_, as =grandemente=, _grandly_, =claramente=, _clearly_, =escuramente=, _darkly_; and in =ista= corresponding to the English _ist_, as =capitalista=, _a capitalist_, =dentista=, =socialista=, etc. Many words ending in =orio= correspond approximately to English words ending in _ory_: =consistorio=, =repertorio=. Many endings in =ico= correspond to the English ending _ic_, as =artistico=, =symbolico=; many in =avel=, =evel=, and =ivel= correspond to the English endings _able_ and _ible_, as =notavel=, =veneravel=, =indelevel=, =risivel=, =terrivel=. The termination =ivo= often corresponds to the English _ive_, as =instructivo=, =executivo=. =34.= The infinitives of verbs are often used as plural nouns: =dizer=, _to say_, =os dizeres=, _the sayings_; =poder=, _to be able_, =os poderes=, _the powers_. +Augmentatives+ =35.= =Augmentatives= are formed by the addition of the suffixes =ão=, =arão=, =aça=, =anha=, =az=, =azio=, and =ona= as here illustrated. ORIGINAL MEANING AUGMENTATIVE MEANING =casa= house =casarão= big house =monte= hill, heap =montanha= mountain =mulher= woman =mulheraça= big woman =porta= door =portão= gate =rapaz= boy =rapagão= big fellow =rato= rat =ratão= big rat =nariz= nose =narigão= big nose _a._ An additional augmentative effect is produced by giving a masculine ending to a feminine noun: =mulherão=, _an enormous woman_ or _an amazon_. _b._ The augmentatives sometimes convey an idea of ridicule or irony. For example, =ratão= is used as a slang expression for _a queer fellow_. +Diminutives+ (See Exercise XI, page 131) =36.= =Diminutives= are formed by the use of the following suffixes: SUFFIX ORIGINAL MEANING DIMINUTIVE MEANING =-inho-a= =livro= book =livrinho= little book =-zinho-a= =mão= hand =mãozinha= little hand =-eto-a= =folha= leaf =folheto= pamphlet =-ito-a= =mosca= fly =mosquito= gnat =-ote= =camara= room =camarote= cabin (_on ship_) =-ola= =fazenda= estate =fazendola= a small farm =-ulo-a= =corpo= body =corpusculo= molecule =-ino-a= =pequeno= small =pequenino= very small (boy) =-ete= =pobre= poor =pobrete= rather poor =-ilho= =cinto= belt =cintilho= hat-band =-im= =camara= room =camarim= dressing room (_of theater_) =-ella= =costa= side =costella= rib =-ejo= =lugar= place =lugarejo= small town =-isco= =chuva= rain =chuvisco= drizzling rain =37.= A still further arbitrary diminutive effect is produced by a repetition or drawing out of the syllables of the usual diminutives, as =pequenininho= or =pequeninozinho=, _very, very small_. =38.= Another class of diminutives includes certain proper names. These, however, do not always imply smallness, but they are used as terms of endearment or compassion and as nicknames. The names for =José= are: =Zé=, =Zezé=, =Zéca=, =Zezinho=, =Josezinho=, =Zequinho=, =Júca=, =Juquinha=, =Jóca=, =Cazuzo=, =Zuza=, =Zuca=, =Zuzu=; for =Francisco= are used: =Chico=, =Chiquinho=, =Chichi=, =Francisquinho=, and =Francisquito=; for =Anna= are used: =Anninha=, =Anninhas=, =Annazinha=, =Naninha=, =Nicota=, =Annicota=, =Annica=, =Annóca=, =Nanóca=, =Anniquita=, =Naná=, =Ná=, and =Nazinha=; for =João= they are =Janjão=, =Joãozinho=, =Jóca=, =Joanninho=, =Noca=; for =Maria= they are =Mariquinha=, =Maroca=, =Mariasinha=, =Marica=, =Mariquita=. FOOTNOTES: [19] _Neuter Gender._--Strictly speaking there is no neuter gender in Portuguese, but certain words have been called neuter (and also common gender) by some grammarians. Such forms are the impersonal definite pronouns =isso=, =isto=, =aquillo=, and =tudo=. The cardinal numerals also have no gender except =um úma=, =dois duas=, and those compounded of =cento= as =duzentos-as=, =trezentos-as=. [20] The accent in this case is also changed from =fabríco= to =fábrica=. [21] Julio Ribeiro in his _Grammatica Portugueza_, page 84, says that the feminine form of several of these words indicates always an increase of volume or size. [22] This word has been adopted into the English language with a meaning very different from its original one which was a preparation from the quince. [23] =-ario= is the erudite form of =-eiro=; many of the words so ending correspond to the English termination _ary_, as =secretario=, =sanctuario=, =vocabulario=. [24] This ending is especially useful and is easily managed. It corresponds in part to the English ending _er_ as illustrated in the words _bank_, _banker_, but it has a wider application in Portuguese, as for example: =pedra=, _stone_, =pedreira=, _stone quarry_, =pedreiro=, _quarryman_, and sometimes _stone mason_; =sapato=, _shoe_, =sapateiro=, _shoemaker_. The common names of many trees are similarly derived from the names of their fruits: =pécego=, _peach_, =pecegueiro=, _peach-tree_; =coco=, _the coco-nut_, =coqueiro=, _the coco-palm_. IV. ADJECTIVES (See Exercise XII, page 132) =39.= The adjectives have gender, number, and degree of comparison. _a._ They agree in gender and number with their nouns; =mulher sensata=, _a sensible woman_, =homens velhos=, _old men_. _b._ When =mesmo= and =proprio= are used in connection with a pronoun they must agree with the noun so represented. =Eu mesmo= or =eu mesma= according as the speaker is masculine or feminine. _c._ When there is more than one noun, the adjective usually agrees with the last one: =desejos e virtudes puras=, _pure aims and_ (_pure_) _virtues_. _d._ When the nouns have different numbers the adjective is generally plural: =os soldados e o seu chefe cheios de coragem=, _the soldiers and their leader, full of courage_. _e._ There may be a plural noun with singular adjectives expressing parts as, =as grammaticas portugueza, franceza e ingleza=. PLURAL =40.= Adjectives form their plurals like nouns: =bonito=, _handsome_ (f. =bonita=), pl. =bonitos= (f. =bonitas=); =facil=, _easy_, pl. =faceis=. (For the various plural endings see § 20.) FEMININE =41.= Adjectives have the feminine in =a=, or remain unchanged according to the following rules: _a._ Adjectives with the masculine ending in =o= change that vowel to =a=: =bello=, _fine_, f. =bella=. _b._ Adjectives ending in =ão= either drop the =o=: as =são=, f. =sã=, or change the =ão= to =ona= as =chorão=, =chorona=; =sabichão=, =sabichona=; =valentão=, =valentona=. _c._ Adjectives ending in =r= (except =particular=, =singular=, and comparatives which are unchanged) add =a=: =encantador=, _charming_, f. =encantadora=. _d._ Proper adjectives ending in =z= and =l= add =a=: =francez=, f. =franceza=, _French_; =hespanhol=, f. =hespanhola=, _Spanish_. _e._ Those ending in =eu= change to =ea=: =hebreu=, f. =hebrea=, _Hebrew_ (but =judeu= becomes =judia= and =sandeu= becomes =sandia=). Those ending in =u= add =a=: =cru=, f. =crua=; =nu=, f. =nua=. _f._ Other adjectives have the same form in both genders: =facil=, m. f., _easy_; =feliz=, m. f., _happy_; =azul=, m. f., _blue_; =melhor=, m. f., _better_; =cortez=, m. f., _courteous_; =prudente=, m. f., _prudent_; =ruim=, m. f., _bad_. _g._ The following, however, are _irregular_: MASCULINE FEMININE MEANING =bom= =boa= good =mau= =má= bad COMPARISON (See Exercise XIII, page 133) =42.= The regular comparative adjectives are formed by placing =mais=, _more_, or =menos=, _less_, before the positive: =escuro=, _dark_, =mais escuro=, _darker_, or =menos escuro=, _less dark_. =43.= =The relative superlative= is formed by placing the definite article before the comparative form: =o mais escuro=, _the darkest_. =44.= =The absolute superlative= is derived directly from the Latin and has the termination =imo=. The precise formation varies according to the termination of the positive from which it is derived: I. When the positive ends in =al=, =il=, =r=, or =u=, add =issimo=: =natural=, =naturalissimo=; =habil=, =habilissimo=; =singular=, =singularissimo=; =cru=, =cruissimo=. II. When the positive ends in =vel=, that ending becomes =bilissimo=: =notavel=, =notabilissimo=. III. When the positive ends in =om= or =um=, the =m= is changed to =n= before the final =issimo=: =bom=, =bonissimo=; =commum=, =communissimo=. IV. When the positive ends in =ão=, that termination becomes =anissimo=: =são=, =sanissimo=; but =christão=, =christianissimo=. V. When the positive ends in =az=, =iz=, =oz=, the final =z= is changed to =c= before the =issimo=: =audaz=, =audacissimo=; =feliz=, =felicissimo=; =veloz=, =velocissimo=. VI. When the positive ends in =e= or =o= these terminations change to =issimo=: =excellente=, =excellentissimo=; =alto=, =altissimo=. _a._ Positives ending in =co= and =go= change those letters to =qu= and =gu= before =issimo= in order to retain the hard sounds: =rico=, =riquissimo=; =vago=, =vaguissimo=. _b._ The following are exceptional absolute superlative forms derived from Latin roots: =acre= =acerrimo= =amigo= =amicissimo= =aspero= =asperrimo= =celebre= =celeberrimo= =christão= =christianissimo= =cruel= =crudelissimo= =difficil= =difficillimo= =doce= =dulcissimo= =facil= =facillimo= =fiel= =fidelissimo= =frio= =frigidissimo= =livre= =liberrimo= =misero= =miserrimo= =nobre= =nobilissimo= =pobre= =pauperrimo= (_coll._ =pobrissimo=) =sabio= =sapientissimo= =sagrado= =sacratissimo= =salubre= =saluberrimo= =similhante= =simillimo= +Table of Comparison+ POSITIVE =alto=, high =grande=, great =secco=, dry COMPARATIVE =mais alto=,[25] higher =mais grande=[26] =mais secco= ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE =altissimo=, highest =grandissimo= =sequissimo= RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE =o mais alto=, the highest =o mais grande= =o mais secco= _c._ In colloquial Portuguese certain superlative forms are used to strengthen an expression or statement, as =mesmissima cousa=, _precisely the same thing_. (See § 93.) One even hears such expressions as =coisissima nenhuma=, _not the slightest thing_, though, strictly speaking, a noun does not admit of such comparison. =Portuguesissimo= is sometimes used to mean _very thoroughly Portuguese_.[27] _d._ The absolute superlative may also be expressed by the use of various adverbs, =mui= or =muito=, _very_, =bastante=, _quite_, or =summamente=, _exceedingly_. _e._ The relative superlative takes =de=, _of_: =o mais valente de todos=, _the bravest of all_. _f._ Comparatives of superiority or inferiority take =que=, =de que= and =do que=, _than_: =mais bello do que a rosa=, _more beautiful than the rose_. Certain other comparatives take =de=: =ha mais de vinte annos=, =menos de uma legua=, _more than twenty years ago_, _less than a league_. _g._ The forms =maior=, _greater_, =menor=, _smaller_, =peior=, _worse_, =melhor=, _better_, are followed by =que=: =maior que a serra=, _bigger than the mountain_; but the forms =superior=, =inferior=, =interior=, and =exterior= take =a=, _to_, instead of =que=: =elle é inferior a seu irmão=, _he is inferior to his brother_. IRREGULAR COMPARISONS =45.= Several irregular adjectives derive their comparative and their absolute superlative forms directly from the Latin, but the relative superlative is formed in the usual way by placing =o=, _the_, before the comparative. POSITIVE COMPARATIVE ABSOLUTE RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE SUPERLATIVE =bom=, good =melhor=[28] =optimo= =o melhor= =mau=, bad =peior=[28] =pessimo= =o peior= =grande=, great =maior=[29] =maximo= =o maior= =alto=, high =superior= =supremo= =o superior= =baixo=, low =inferior= =infimo= =o inferior= =muito=, much =mais= =o mais= =pequeno=, small =menor=[29] =minimo= =o menor= =pouco=, little =menos= =o menos= AUGMENTATIVE AND DIMINUTIVE ADJECTIVES =46.= Augmentative and diminutive adjectives are formed like augmentative and diminutive nouns: =novo=, _new_, =novinho=, _quite new_. (For rules, _see_ § 35, 36.) The adjectives, like the nouns, are often used as terms of endearment. =Bonitinho= from =bonito=, _pretty_, is often used to mean _quite pretty_, _very pretty_, or _pretty little dear_. SYNTAX OF NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES =47.= In general the noun precedes the adjective: =homem trabalhador=, _a working man_. =48.= This order may be inverted: =mau signal= or =signal mau=, _a bad sign_. This inversion, however, is not arbitrary, but is determined by emphasis, the rule for which cannot be fully stated but must be acquired by observation and practise. =49.= In general the adjective precedes when it denotes a quality which necessarily belongs to the noun, and when the adjective and noun might almost be regarded as a compound word. =50.= The adjective follows when it denotes a quality to which especial attention is directed; but when the attention is to be directed to the noun, and the adjective is of minor importance, the adjective precedes the noun. =51.= The following cases illustrate the difference in meaning due to the position of the adjective: =boa noite=, good night =noite boa=, a fine night =certo dia=, a certain day =dia certo=, a fixed day =certo relogio=, a certain clock =relogio certo=, a clock that keeps good time =pobre homem=, poor man! =homem pobre=, a man who is poor =bom anno=, a prosperous year =anno bom=, New Year =santa casa=, a hospital =casa santa=, a sacred house =nosso padre=, our priest =padre nosso=, the Lord’s prayer =simples homem=, a mere man =homem simples=, a plain man =grande homem=, an eminent man =homem grande=, a large man _a._ In the cases cited the expressions are readily translatable, but in many instances the distinctions do not admit of such brief definitions. In the following cases the English translation given is inadequate and explanations are required that cannot be given briefly: =altos ceos= and =ceos altos=, high heavens; =santos padres= and =padres santos=, holy fathers; =primeira causa= and =causa primeira=, first cause; =longos dias= and =dias longos=, long days. =52.= In certain cases inversions are not allowed. In the following instances, for example, the words must be in the order given as if they were compounds: =Deus padre=, God the father; =estrella fixa=, a fixed star; =mão direita=, the right hand; =deputado federal=, federal deputy (_congressman_); =Illustrissimo Senhor=, Most illustrious Mr. ----; =codigo civíl=, the civil code. =53.= The words =pouco=, _little_, and =muito=, _many_, _much_, when used as adjectives usually precede their nouns: =poucas cousas=, _a few things_; =ha poucos dias=, _a few days ago_; =muito barulho=, _much noise_. =54.= The adjectives _hungry_, _thirsty_, _sleepy_, and _cold_, are expressed by the use of =estar com= and the nouns meaning _hunger_, etc.: =estou com fome=, =sede=, =somno=, =frio=, _I am hungry_, _thirsty_, _sleepy_, _cold_. FOOTNOTES: [25] =Alto= has also an irregular comparative =superior=. [26] =Grande= has an irregular comparative =maior=. [27] A. R. Gonçalvez Viana, _Ortografia Nacional_, page 167. [28] The comparatives =mais bom= and =mais mau= are sometimes used, but they are falling into disuse. [29] The expressions =o mais pequeno=, _the smallest_, and =o mais alto=, _the highest_, are also used; =mais grande= and =mais pequeno= are comparatives often used colloquially instead of =maior= and =menor=, but they are not good Portuguese. V. NUMERALS (See Exercise XIV, page 134) =55.= =+THE CARDINALS+= 1 =um=, _f._ =uma= 2 =dois=, _f._ =duas= 3 =tres= 4 =quatro= 5 =cinco= 6 =seis= 7 =sete= 8 =oito= 9 =nove= 10 =dez= 11 =onze= 12 =doze= 13 =treze= 14 =quatorze= 15 =quinze= 16 =dezeseis= 17 =dezesete= 18 =dezoito= 19 =dezenove= 20 =vinte= 21 =vinte e um= (_or_ =uma=) 22 =vinte e dois= (_or_ =duas=) 30 =trinta= 40 =quarenta= 50 =cicoenta= 60 =sessenta= 70 =setenta= 80 =oitenta= 90 =noventa= 100 =cem= 101 =cento e um= (_or_ =uma=) 102 =cento e dois= (_or_ =duas=) 200 =duzentos=, _f._ =-as= 300 =trezentos=, _f._ =-as= 400 =quatrocentos=, _f._ =-as= 500 =quinhentos=, _f._ =-as= 600 =seiscentos=, _f._ =-as= 700 =setecentos=, _f._ =-as= 800 =oitocentos=, _f._ =-as= 900 =novecentos=, _f._ =-as= 1000 =mil=[30] 1001 =mil e um= (_or_ =uma=) 2000 =dois= (_or_ =duas=) =mil= 1,000,000 =um milhão= =56.= The cardinal numbers have the same form for both genders except in the cases of =um=, =uma=, _one_; =dois=, =duas=, _two_; and those ending in =centos= or =centas=. =57.= The cardinal numbers are often used in place of the ordinals, especially to denote the days of the month except =primeiro=, _the first_, as: =hoje é sete=, _to-day is the seventh_; =pagina vinte=, _page twenty_; =seculo dezoito= for =decimo oitavo seculo=, _the eighteenth century_. =58.= Except when used in place of the ordinals the cardinals always precede the noun: =ha vinte dias=, _twenty days ago_. THE ORDINALS =59.= The ordinal numbers are variously derived: 1. By the use of the suffix =eiro=: =primeiro=, _first_; =terceiro=, _third_. 2. From the Latin forms: =segundo=, _second_; =sexto=, _sixth_. 3. By the use of the suffix =esimo=:[31] =vigesimo=, _twentieth_; =centesimo=, _hundredth_. _a._ The ordinals have gender and number like other adjectives. _b._ The ordinals are used either as nouns or as adjectives: =um sexto=, _a sixth_, or =uma sexta parte=, _a sixth part_. =Um segundo=, however, is not used for _a half_, nor =um terceiro=, for _a third_, when fractions are meant. (See “Fractions,” § 61.) 1 =primeiro=, first 2 =segundo=, second 3 =terceiro=, third, etc. 4 =quarto= 5 =quinto= 6 =sexto= 7 =septimo= _or_ =setimo= 8 =oitavo= 9 =nono= 10 =decimo= 11 =undecimo= (=decimo primeiro=) 12 =duodecimo= (=decimo segundo=) 13 =decimo terceiro= 14 =decimo quarto= 15 =decimo quinto= 16 =decimo sexto= 17 =decimo setimo= 18 =decimo oitavo= 19 =decimo nono= 20 =vigesimo= 21 =vigesimo primeiro= 22 =vigesimo segundo= 30 =trigesimo= 40 =quadragesimo= 50 =quinquagesimo= 60 =sexagesimo= 70 =septuagesimo= 80 =octogesimo= 90 =nonagesimo= 100 =centesimo= =60.= =Inflection.=--Of the cardinals =um=, =dois=, and multiples of =cento= (=duzentos=, _f._ =duzentas=) are treated as adjectives. The ordinals are all treated as adjectives, except as indicated at § 59_b_. =61.= +=THE FRACTIONS=+ ¹⁄₂ { =metade=: =metade do dinheiro=, half of the money { =meio= _or_ =meia=: =meia hora=, half an hour ¹⁄₃ =terço= _or_ =terça=: =uma terça parte= ²⁄₃ =dois terços= _or_ =duas terças partes= ¹⁄₄ =um quarto= _or_ =uma quarta parte= ³⁄₄ =tres quartos= ¹⁄₅ =um quinto= ¹⁄₆ =um sexto= ¹⁄₇ =um setimo= ¹⁄₈ =um oitavo= ¹⁄₉ =um nono= ¹⁄₁₀ =um decimo= _a._ In the reading of fractions above tenths the suffix =avo= (derived from the term =oitavo=) is used to express the divisor. ¹⁄₁₁ =um onze avo= _or_ =a undecima parte= ⁹⁄₁₁ =nove onze avos= ¹⁄₁₂ =um doze avo= ¹⁄₂₀ =um vinte avo= ¹³⁄₂₀ =treze vinte avos= ⁴¹⁄₅₄ =quarenta e um cincoenta e quatro avos= ¹⁄₁₀₀ =um centesimo= ¹⁄₁₀₀₀ =um millesimo= =62.= +=MULTIPLICATION=+ The word =vez=, _time_, is used with the cardinal numerals to express multiplication: =uma vez= or =simples=, _once_; =duas vezes=, _twice_; =tres vezes=, _three times_, etc. Example: =tres vezes tres são nove=, _three times three are nine_. _a._ These expressions are also used: =dois tantos=, _twice_ _as many_; =tres tantos=, _three times as many_; =outros tantos=, _as many more_. _b._ _Proportionals_: =duplice=, } =dobrado=, } double =dobro=, } =duplo=, } =triple=, } =triplice=, } =triplicado=, } =triplo=, } triple =tres dobrado=, } =tres dobro=, } =quadruplo=, quadruple =decuplo=, tenfold =centuplo=, a hundred fold =uma duzia=, a dozen =vintena=, a score =centenares=, hundreds =milhares=, thousands =multiplo=, many times =63.= +=NUMERAL SUBSTANTIVES=+ =Cento=, _a hundred_, =mil=, _a thousand_, =milheiro=, _thousand_, the fractions and the proportional numbers are treated as substantives. =64.= +=IDIOMS=+ The following are illustrations of idioms in common use in connection with the numerals. =Que horas são=, what time is it? =São tres e um quarto=, it is quarter past three. =É uma hora=, it is one o’clock. =Faltam vinte para tres= (_colloq._), it lacks twenty minutes of three. =A quantos estamos hoje do mez?= what day of the month is it? =Hoje é dia quinze= _or_ =hoje é quinze=, this is the fifteenth. =Quantas leguas são d’aqui á cidade?= how many leagues is it from here to the city? =São duas=, it is two. =Que idade tem o senhor?= how old are you? (_literally_, what age has the gentleman?) =Tenho vinte e tantos annos=, I am twenty odd years old. =Oito dias=, a week (_literally_, eight days). =Quinze dias=, a fortnight (_literally_, fifteen days). =Ha vinte annos=, twenty years ago, _also_ these twenty years. =Ha cousa de vinte annos=, some (about) twenty years ago. =Ha duas horas=, two hours ago, _and_ these two hours. =D’aqui a quinze dias=, a fortnight hence. The days of the week are numbered from Monday to Friday as follows: =Domingo= Sunday =Segunda-feira= Monday =Terça-feira= Tuesday =Quarta-feira= Wednesday =Quinta-feira= Thursday =Sexta-feira= Friday =Sabbado= Saturday FOOTNOTES: [30] The word =conto= which formerly meant _a million_ in counting is only used with =reis=: =um conto de reis=, _a thousand milreis_. [31] The =s= in =simo= from =vigesimo= onward is pronounced like =s=, not like =z=. VI. PRONOUNS PERSONALS (See Exercise XV, page 135) =65.= There are the usual three personal pronouns, but in Portuguese the third person is generally used in place of the second in direct address, with the exceptions noted below. Strictly speaking there is no declension in Portuguese; the personal pronouns, however, retain, in all persons, so many traces of their Latin declensions that they have the appearance of being declined, and are so given by some grammarians. The objective forms vary according as they are used with or without prepositions. +Subject Forms+ { =eu= I 1st per. { =nós= we 2d per. { =tu= thou { =vós= you, ye { =elle=, =ella= he, she, it 3d per. { =elles=, =ellas= they { (_reflexive_) +Objective Forms+ WITHOUT WITH PREPOSITIONS PREPOSITIONS { =me= =mim= _or_ =me=, me 1st per. { =migo= { =nos= =nós=, =nosco= us 2d per. { =te= =ti= _or_ =te=, =tigo= thee { =vos= =vós=, =vosco= ye { =o=, =a=, =lo=, =la=,[32] =elle=, =ella= him, her, { =lhe= it 3d per. { =os=, =as=, =los=, =elles=, =ellas= them { =las=,[32] =lhes= { =se= =si= _or_ =se=, =sigo= themselves _a._ =Lhe=, =lhes=, _to him_, _to her_, _to it_, _to them_ are always indirect or dative forms. _b._ =O=, =a=, =lo=, =la=, =os=, =as=, =los=, and =las= are always direct objective or accusative forms. _c._ Those used with prepositions admit of any preposition, except that when the preposition is =com=, _with_, the forms =migo=, =tigo=, =nosco=, =vosco=, and =sigo= only are used, as =commigo=, _with me_, =comtigo=, _with thee_, etc. _d._ =Elle=, =ella=, etc., with the preposition =de=, _of_, are contracted to =delle=, =della=, etc.; with =em=, _in_, they are contracted to =nelle=, =nella=, etc. =66.= =Use of the Third Person.=--In address, the third person is commonly used except to close friends, relatives, children, and domestics when =tu= may be employed. Persons may be addressed, according to circumstances, as =Vossa Excellencia=, _Your Excellency_, =Vossa Senhoria=, _Your lordship_, =Vossa mercê=, _Your mercy_, _your grace_, =Você=, a common abbreviation of =Vossa mercê=, but one to be used only in cases of extreme familiarity, or as =Senhor=, _Mr._, and =Senhora=, _madam_, or _Mrs._ _a._ Until one becomes familiar with the use of these terms the safest rule is to use =Senhor= and =Senhora=. _b._ In writing, these words are abbreviated as indicated at § 147. c. Ordinarily =eu=, _I_, is not used as in English, but is sometimes placed before or even after the verb for the sake of emphasis or clearness. The same is true of =tu=, _thou_, =elle=, _he_, =ella=, _she_, =nos=, _we_. =Para ti sonhava eu sonhos de gloria=, _for thee I dreamed dreams of glory_. _d._ =Vos=, _you_, is only used in very formal discourses, and as a vocative in prayers, etc. It is not used colloquially as in English. (See § 66.) =Tu=, _thou_, is also used as a vocative. +Reflexive Personal Pronouns+ =67.= =Reflexive.=--The reflexive forms of the personal pronouns are: =me=, =a mim= me, to me =te=, =a ti= thee, to thee =se=, =a si= himself, to himself =nos=, =a nós= us, to us =vos=, =a vós= you, to you =se=, =a si= themselves, to themselves +Third Person+ _Singular and Plural_ Direct object =se= himself, herself, itself, themselves. Indirect object =si=, =se= to himself, herself, itself, or themselves =comsigo= with himself, herself, itself, themselves =68.= =Duplication.=--Duplication is common in classic Portuguese. By its use attention is redirected to an idea. =Que me importa a mim a gloria?= _In what does glory concern me?_ or _what is glory to me?_ =Aconteceu-me a mim=, _it happened to_ +ME+. Such expressions do not admit of literal translations into English. =69.= =Syntax of the Personal Pronouns.=[33]--The personal pronouns are used both as direct and indirect objects: Direct: =elle me reprehendeu=, he reprehended me. Indirect: =elle me deu o livro=, he gave me the book. =70.= The same thing occurs with the other pronouns, except that in the third person the indirect object is expressed by =lhe=, while the direct is =o=, =a=, =os=, and =as=. Direct: =reprehendeu-o=, he reprehended him. Indirect: =deu-lhe o livro=, he gave him (_or_ her) the book. =71.= The direct object is used after transitive verbs, the indirect after intransitives: =vi-o=, _I saw him_, =obedeci-lhe=, _I obeyed him_ (or _her_). =72.= The pronouns =me=, =te=, =se=, =lhe=, =nos=, =vos=, and =o= are called _proclitic_, _mesoclitic_, or _enclitic_ according as they precede, are inserted within, or follow the verb. _a._ They precede the verb (are proclitic): 1. In negative sentences: =não me fale=; =não o creio=. 2. In phrases depending upon =que=, =o qual=, =quem=, =cujo=: =quem o chamou=; =a mulher que se ama=. 3. In certain popular expressions: =Deus me livre=; =o diabo te leve=. 4. When used with the conjunctions =que=, =porque=, and =pois que=, the rule has many exceptions. _b._ They are inserted in the verb between the stem and termination (are mesoclitic) in the future indicative and conditional: =dir-lhe-ei=, _I will tell him_, instead of =direi-lhe=; =dir-se-ia=, instead of =diria-se=, _it would be said_. _c._ They always follow the verb (are enclitic) at the beginning of a phrase: =resta-me agradecer-lhe=; =diga-me=; =faça-me o favor=. _d._ In the mesoclitics and enclitics the pronoun is separated from the verb by a hyphen or hyphens. _e._ The enclitics do not affect the position of the accents of the verbs. =73.= When two pronouns come before a verb, the subject precedes: =mandou que tu lhe entregasse o livro=, _he directed that you should give him the book_. =74.= =Se= and =si= refer to the subject: =Pedro falou de si=, _Pedro spoke of himself_. =Você quer tudo para si=, _you want everything for yourself_. =Leve a espingarda comsigo=, _take the gun with you_. (For the use of the reflexive pronoun with verbs see § 126.) =75.= =Comparison.=--After terms of comparison the nominative pronoun is used: =mais serio que eu=, _more serious than I_. POSSESSIVES (See Exercise XVI, page 136) =76.= The possessive pronouns are inflected like adjectives and agree in gender and number with the object possessed. They all take =a= in the feminine and =s= in the plural. +Possessive Pronouns+ _Singular_ _Plural_ MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH =meu= =minha= =meus= =minhas= my, mine =teu= =tua= =teus= =tuas= thy, thine { his, her, hers =seu= =sua= =seus= =suas= { its, their { theirs =nosso= =nossa= =nossos= =nossas= our, ours =vosso= =vossa= =vossos= =vossas= your, yours =77.= Inasmuch as the third person is used in direct address, =seu=, =sua=, =seus=, and =suas= are generally used in place of =vosso=, etc., for _your_ and _yours_: =a casa é sua=, _the house is yours_. =78.= Possession is also expressed by the use of a preposition as =a casa é d’elle=, _the house is his_; =a casa é d’elles=, _the house is theirs_. =79.= The place of the possessive is before the noun as in English: =meu cavallo=, _my horse_. =80.= In certain cases the possessive placed after the noun is equivalent to the personal pronoun with =de=: =noticias tuas= (=de ti=), _news of_ (_about_) _you_. Important distinctions of this kind are illustrated by the example: =saudades tuas= means =saudades= for you, while =tuas saudades= means the =saudades= you have for some one else. =81.= Possessives are not used with parts of the body as in English: =cortou-me o braço=, _he cut my arm_, is used instead of =cortou meu braço=. In some cases the possessives are omitted as in English, as: =venho de casa= is used instead of =venho de minha casa=, _I come from home_; =vou para casa=, _I am going home_. =82.= At the same time the bold use of the possessive is occasionally emphatic: =estou na minha casa=, _I am in my own house_; =deixa-me com a minha dôr=, _leave me with my grief_. =83.= The possessive =seu=, =sua=, =seus=, =suas=, _his_, _her_ or _your_, is used also idiomatically and colloquially to express uncertain value or quantity: =tem seus vinte annos=, _he_ (or _she_) _is about twenty years old_. The possessives may be replaced by various forms of the personal pronouns, and sometimes such expressions are considered more elegant. (For the use of the article before possessives see § 16.) DEMONSTRATIVES (See Exercise XVII, page 137) =84.= The demonstrative pronouns may be used either with or without their nouns. When used with them they precede the nouns, agreeing with them in gender and number. _Singular_ _Plural_ MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH =este= =esta= =estes= =estas= } { this =esse= =essa= =esses= =essas= } { these =aquelle= =aquella= =aquelles= =aquellas= that, those =85.= =Isso=, =isto=, and =aquillo= are neutral forms of the demonstratives used to refer to a preceding idea, expression, or subject, and may be regarded as equivalents of =essa cousa= or =essas cousas=, =esta cousa=, =aquella cousa=. They have neither feminine nor plural forms, nor are they used to refer to persons or animals. =86.= The difference between =este= and =esse= in their various forms is that the first is used to refer to that which is near the speaker, while the second refers to that which is near the person addressed. =87.= The forms =o=, =a=, =os=, =as=, are identical with the definite articles in forms, sounds, and origins. They are used as the equivalents of =aquelle=, =aquella=, =aquelles=, =aquellas= when followed by a determining expression: =a provincia de Minho é a que tem mais vegetação entre as de Portugal=. Literally, _the province of Minho is that which has most vegetation among those of Portugal._ =88.= When these forms are preceded by the preposition =a= they combine with it forming =ao=, =aos=, =á=, and =ás= as do the definite articles. Preceded by =em= they similarly form =no=, =na=, =nos=, =nas=, and preceded by =per= they form =pelo=, =pela=, =pelos=, and =pelas=. DETERMINATIVES =89.= The determinatives have gender and number except tal which has no gender distinction: _Singular_ _Plural_ MASCULINE FEMININE MASCULINE FEMININE ENGLISH =outro= =outra= =outros= =outras= other =mesmo= =mesma= =mesmos= =mesmas= same, self =tanto= =tanta= =tantos= =tantas= so many, as many =tal= =tal= =taes= =taes= such =Outrem= is an invariable form meaning =outra pessoa= or =outras pessoas=. =90.= The demonstrative pronouns =este=, =esse=, =aquelle=, etc., with =outro= form =est’outro=, =ess’outro=, =aquell’outro= with the corresponding feminine and plural forms. =91.= =Um e outro= (literally _one and other_), means _both_. =92.= =Mesmo= means _same_ and _self_ as here illustrated: =a mesma cousa=, _the same thing_; =o mesmo homem=, _the same man_. It is used in connection with the personal pronouns to mean _self_: =eu mesmo=, _I myself_, =ella mesma=, _she herself_; =elles mesmos=, _they themselves_, etc. It is also used in such expressions as =é mesmo=, _that is true_, _it is just so_. =93.= =Mesmissimo= is an augmentative form of =mesmo= meaning _precisely_ or _exactly the same_; =é a mesmissima cousa=, _it is precisely the same thing_. =Um tal= means _such a one_. =Que tal?= _how is this?_ _what do you think of this?_ =Tal qual= means _just so_. =É tal qual=, _it is just so_, _it is just as you say_; =não ha tal=, _it is not true_, _it is no such thing_; =não ha tal lugar=, _there is no such place_. =94.= =Fulano de tal= is a name used for any fictitious person; it is often equivalent to the English _John Doe_ or to _Mr. What’s-his-name_. =Fuão=, =Beltrano=, and =Sicrano= are similarly used. INTERROGATIVES (See Exercise XVIII, page 138) =95.= The interrogatives are: =que?= =o que?= what? =quem?= who? =qual?= which? =que homens?= what men? =quem é?= who is it? =qual d’elles?= which of them? It is not considered elegant nowadays to begin an interrogation with =o que=. =Que tem?= _what have you?_ (Not _o que_ =tem=?) RELATIVES (See Exercise XIX, page 139) =96.= Of the relative pronouns =quem= refers to persons only; the other forms refer to either persons or things. They are =que=, who, what, that (_no gender_) =quem=, who, whom =qual=, _pl._ =quaes=, which =cujo=, _f._ =cuja=, _pl._ =cujos=, =cujas=, whose =97.= =O que=, =o qual=, =a qual=, =os quaes=, and =as quaes=, literally, _the which_, mean _what_ or _that_. These latter forms are used when the antecedent needs to be made clear or prominent. =A gloria de Deus a qual não se póde escurecer=, _the glory of God which cannot_, etc. =O livro que está lendo=, _the book you are reading_; but =o livro da bibliotheca o qual está lendo=, _the book of the library (the) which you are reading_. =98.= Where =quem= would follow =sem=, =o qual= is used instead for the sake of euphony: =sem o qual não deve=, _without which you should not_. =99.= =Cujo= is equivalent to =do qual=, and is followed immediately by the object possessed: =O soldado cujo cavallo foi morto=, _the soldier whose horse was killed_. _a._ =Cujo= without antecedent and the object possessed is a classic but archaic form of expression: =cujo é esta casa?= _whose house is this?_ Instead one would now say: =de quem é esta casa?= Literally, _of whom is this house?_ INDEFINITE (See Exercise XX, page 140) =100.= The indefinite pronouns may be classified as nouns or adjectives. _a._ The _nouns_ are: =al= (_invariable_), something else, the rest. (_But little used._) =alguem= (_invariable_), some one =algo=, something, anything =nada= (_invariable_), nothing =nenhum= (_f._ =nenhuma=, _pl._ =nenhuns=), neither =ninguem= (_invariable_), no one =qualquer=, _pl._ =quaes-quer=, either, whichever =quemquer=, anybody =tudo= (_invariable_), all =uns=, _f._ =umas=, some _b._ =Algo= when used as a pronoun refers to things and means =alguma cousa=. It is sometimes used as an adverb meaning =algum tanto=: =elle está algo doente=, _he is somewhat ill_. _c._ =Tudo= is a neutral form of =todo=. When followed by =que= it requires the definite article: =tudo o que elle disse=. _d._ =Nenhum= may be used with an affirmative sense, and is equivalent to =qualquer= in the expression =mais que nenhum=, _more than any one_. _e._ A negative is strengthened by doubling the negation: =não sei nada=, _I know nothing_; =não diz nada=, _he says nothing_. _f._ The _adjectives_ are: =algum= (_f._ =alguma=, _pl._ =alguns=, =algumas=), some, no =cada= (=um=, =uma=); =cada qual= (_sing._ only), each, every =certo= (_f._ =certa=, _pl._ =certos=, =-as=), certain =muito= (_f._ =-a=, _pl._ =muitos=, =-as=), many =outro= (_f._ =outra=, _pl._ =outros=, =-as=), other =pouco= (_f._ =-a=, _pl._ =poucos=, =-as=), few, little =*quanto= (_f._ =-a=, _pl._ =quantos=, =-as=), how much, how many, as much as =*tanto= (_f._ =-a=, _pl._ =tantos=, =-as=), so much =todo= (_f._ =-a=, _pl._ =todos=, =-as=), all, every _g._ =*Quanto= is used in correlation with =tanto= to mean _as much as_. =Faço tanto quanto qualquer outro=, _I do as much as any one else_. =Quanto pagou?= _how much did you pay?_ =Quantas vezes foi la?= _how often did you go there?_ =Quanto antes=, _as soon as possible_. _h._ =Todo= with the article means _the whole_; without the article it means _every_; =toda cidade=, _every city_; =toda a cidade=, _all of the city_. It is sometimes used as an adverb but retains its gender for the sake of euphony: =ella está toda molhada=. _i._ =Em quanto= means _while_. =Espera em quanto eu tiro uma vista=, _wait while I take a view_. _j._ =Cada qual= and =cada um= have approximately the same meaning. =Cada qual= stands next to the verb, however, =cada um= does not: =cada um dos soldados andava= or =cada qual andava=, _each (of the soldiers) walked_. =101.= When a proposition has a negative sense either =algum= may be placed after, or =nenhum= before the noun: or { =homem algum poderá saber= } no man shall know { =nenhum homem poderá saber= } The first sentence is more emphatic than the second. =102.= Certain idiomatic expressions have meanings analogous to those of the indefinite pronouns: =seja quem for= } =seja qual for= } be who it may =fosse quem fosse= } =quem quer que fosse= } whoever it might be =quem quer que seja= } =o que quer que é= } whoever it may be _a._ =De= and =de que= are often used in the sense of _something_; =tenho de que comer e de beber=, _I have something to eat and to drink_. _b._ The expression =não ha de que= used in reply to =obrigado=, =muito obrigado=, etc., is equivalent to the English _not at all_ or the French _pas de quoi._ FOOTNOTES: [32] These are from the Latin pronoun _illo_ and are not to be confused with the definite article which has the same forms. There is a tendency to avoid the use of =o=, so that one often hears such expressions as =va chamar elle= instead of =va chama-lo=; or =visitar-lhe= instead of =visita-lo=. A Brazilian scholar observes: “=assim o pobre o vai perdendo terreno=.” [33] Some grammarians make a sort of bugbear of the position of the pronouns. This is due in part, at least, to the somewhat different usages in Portugal and Brazil. In Portugal, for example, they would say: =espero que me faça o favor=, _I hope you can do me the favor_, and =não se lembrou do recado=, _he did not remember the message_; while in Brazil they might use these identical expressions or they might say =espero que faça me o favor= and =não lembrou-se do recado=. However, aside from the simple rules here given, the position of the pronoun is a matter of phonetics rather than of rules of grammar. VII. VERBS =103.= The Portuguese verbs are either _transitive_ or _intransitive_, _reflexive_, or _impersonal_. They have _voice_, _mood_, _tense_, _number_, and _person_. CONJUGATIONS =104.= The verbs have three conjugations which are distinguished by the endings of the infinitives. +Example+ ENDING INFINITIVE MEANING First conjugation: =-ar= =andar= to walk Second conjugation: =-er= =receber= to receive Third conjugation: =-ir= =punir= to punish =105.= =Regular and Irregular Verbs.=--Those verbs which are conjugated like one of the three types are called _regular_; those which are not so conjugated, or lack some of the parts, are called _irregular_ verbs. GENERAL TERMINATIONS OF THE REGULAR VERBS (See Exercise XXI, page 141) =106.= The following are the terminations of all the forms of the regular verbs. These are to be added to the roots of the verbs, except in the cases of the _future_ and _conditional_ of the indicative where the infinitive is used as the root. +Indicative Mood+ TENSES 1ST CONJUG. 2D CONJUG. 3D CONJUG. { =o= =o= =o= { =as= =es= =es= _Present_ { =a= =e= =e= { =amos= =emos= =imos= { =aes= =eis= =is= { =am=[34] =em= =em= { =ava= =ia= =ia= { =avas= =ias= =ias= _Imperfect_ { =ava= =ia= =ia= { =avamos= =iamos= =iamos= { =aveis= =ieis= =ieis= { =avam=[34] =iam= =iam= { =ei= =i= =i= { =aste= =este= =iste= _Preterit_ { =ou= =eu= =iu= { =amos= =emos= =imos= { =astes= =estes= =istes= { =áram=[34] =êram= =iram= { =ei= =ei= =ei= { =ás= =ás= =ás= _Future_ { =á= =á= =á= { =emos= =emos= =emos= { =eis= =eis= =eis= { =ão=[34] =ão= =ão= The future endings are added to the _infinitive_. { =ia= =ia= =ia= { =ias= =ias= =ias= _Conditional_ { =ia= =ia= =ia= { =íamos= =íamos= =íamos= { =ieis= =ieis= =ieis= { =iam= =iam= =iam= The conditional endings are added to the _infinitive_. { =ara= =era= =ira= { =aras= =eras= =iras= _Pluperfect_ { =ara= =era= =ira= { =aramos= =eramos= =iramos= { =areis= =ereis= =iraes= { =aram=[35] =eram= =iram= +Subjunctive Mood+ { =e= =a= =a= { =es= =as= =as= _Present_ { =e= =a= =a= { =emos= =ámos= =âmos= { =eis= =aes= =aes= { =em= =am= =am= { =asse= =esse= =isse= { =asses= =esses= =isses= _Imperfect_ { =asse= =esse= =isse= { =assemos= =êssemos= =issemos= { =asseis= =esseis= =isseis= { =assem= =essem= =issem= { =ar= =er= =ir= { =ares= =eres= =ires= _Future_ { =ar= =er= =ir= { =armos= =ermos= =irmos= { =ardes= =erdes= =irdes= { =arem= =erem= =irem= +Imperative Mood+ _Present_ { =a= =e= =e= { =ae= =ei= =i= +Infinitive+ _Impersonal_ =ar= =er= =ir= { =ar= =er= =ir= { =ares= =eres= =ires= _Personal_ { =ar= =er= =ir= { =armos= =ermos= =irmos= { =ardes= =erdes= =irdes= { =arem= =erem= =irem= +Participles+ _Pres. Part._ =ando= =endo= =indo= _Past Part._ =ado= =ido= =ido= MODEL VERBS =107.= The tone vowels in this table are indicated by italics. +Indicative+ { =f_a_lo= (I speak) =d_e_vo= (I owe) =p_a_rto= (I depart) { =f_a_las= =d_e_ves= =p_a_rtes= _Present_ { =f_a_la= =d_e_ve= =p_a_rte= { =fal_a_mos= =dev_e_mos= =part_i_mos= { =fal_a_es= =dev_e_is= =part_i_s= { =f_a_lam= =d_e_vem= =p_a_rtem= { =fal_a_va= =dev_i_a= =part_i_a= (I spoke or (I owed (I departed was speaking) or was owing) or was departing) { =fal_a_vas= =dev_i_as= =part_i_as= _Imperfect_ { =fal_a_va= =dev_i_a= =part_i_a= [36] { =fal_a_vamos= =dev_i_amos= =part_i_amos= { =fal_a_veis= =dev_i_eis= =part_i_eis= { =fal_a_vam= =dev_i_am= =part_i_am= { =fal_ei_= =dev_i_= =part_i_= (I spoke or (I owed) (I departed) have spoken) { =fal_a_ste= =dev_e_ste= =part_i_ste= _Preterit_ { =fal_ou_= =dev_eu_= =part_iu_= [36] { =fal_á_mos= =dev_e_mos= =part_i_mos= { =fal_a_stes= =dev_e_stes= =part_i_stes= { =fal_a_ram= =dev_e_ram= =part_i_ram= { =falar_e_i= =dever_e_i= =partir_e_i= (I shall speak) (I shall owe) (I shall depart) { =falar_á_s= =dever_á_s= =partir_á_s= _Future_ { =falar_á_= =dever_á_= =partir_á_= { =falar_e_mos= =dever_e_mos= =partir_e_mos= { =falar_e_is= =dever_e_is= =partir_e_is= { =falar_ão_= =dever_ão_= =partir_ão_= { =falar_i_a= =dever_i_a= =partir_i_a= (I should or (I should or (I should or would speak) would owe) would depart) { =falar_i_as= =dever_i_as= =partir_i_as= _Conditional_ { =falar_i_a= =dever_i_a= =partir_i_a= { =falar_i_amos= =dever_i_amos= =partir_i_amos= { =falar_i_eis= =dever_i_eis= =partir_i_eis= { =falar_i_am= =dever_i_am= =partir_i_am= { =fal_á_ra= =dev_ê_ra= =part_í_ra= (I had spoken) (I had owed) (I had departed) { =fal_á_ras= =dev_ê_ras= =part_í_ras= _Pluperfect_ { =fal_á_ra= =dev_ê_ra= =part_í_ra= { =fal_á_ramos= =dev_ê_ramos= =part_í_ramos= { =fal_á_reis= =dev_ê_reis= =part_í_reis= { =fal_á_ram= =dev_ê_ram= =part_í_ram= +Subjunctive+ The subjunctive is to be translated into English according to the context, by _may_, _can_, _must_, _might_, _could_, _would_, and _should_. When it is used in place of the imperative it is translated as a command or request. { =f_a_le= =d_e_va= =p_a_rta= (I may speak) (I may owe) (I may depart) { =f_a_les= =d_e_vas= =p_a_rtas= _Present_ { =f_a_le= =d_e_va= =p_a_rta= { =f_a_lemos= =dev_á_mos= =p_a_rtamos= { =f_a_leis= =d_e_vaes= =p_a_rtaes= { =f_a_lem= =d_e_vam= =p_a_rtam= { =fal_a_sse= =dev_e_sse= =part_i_sse= (I should speak) (I should owe) (I should depart) { =fal_a_sses= =dev_e_sses= =part_i_sses= _Imperfect_ { =fal_a_sse= =dev_e_sse= =part_i_sse= { =fal_a_ssemos= =dev_ê_ssemos= =part_i_ssemos= { =fal_a_sseis= =dev_e_sseis= =part_i_sseis= { =fal_a_ssem= =dev_e_ssem= =part_i_ssem= { =fal_a_r= =dev_e_r= =part_i_r= (I should speak) (I should owe) (I should depart) { =fal_a_res= =dev_e_res= =part_i_res= _Future_ { =fal_a_r= =dev_e_r= =part_i_r= { =fal_a_rmos= =dev_e_rmos= =part_i_rmos= { =fal_a_rdes= =dev_e_rdes= =part_i_rdes= { =fal_a_rem= =dev_e_rem= =part_i_rem= +Imperative+ _Present_ { =f_a_la= (speak) =d_e_ve= (owe) =p_a_rte= (depart) { =f_a_lae= (_pl._) =d_e_vei= =p_a_rti= +Infinitive+ _Impersonal_ { =fal_a_r= =dev_e_r= =part_i_r= (to speak) (to owe) (to depart) { =fal_a_r= =dev_e_r= =part_i_r= { =fal_a_res= =dev_e_res= =part_i_res= _Personal_ { =fal_a_r= =dev_e_r= =part_i_r= { =fal_a_rmos= =dev_e_rmos= =part_i_rmos= { =fal_a_rdes= =dev_e_rdes= =part_i_rdes= { =fal_a_rem= =dev_e_rem= =part_i_rem= +Participles+ _Pres. Part._[37] =fal_a_ndo= (speaking) =dev_e_ndo= (owing) =part_i_ndo= (departing) _Past Part._ =fal_a_do= (spoken) =dev_i_do= (owed) =part_i_do= (departed) OBSERVATIONS ON THE REGULAR VERBS (See Exercise XXII, page 142) =108.= Formerly the third person plural of the indicative present of the first conjugation ended in =ão=; now it is written =am=; only the future indicative retains the =ão= ending except in short words where the =ão= is the predominant sound as =são=, =dão=, =hão=. The following changes (_a._ to _g._) are required by the necessity of preserving the hard or soft sounds. Verbs ending in _a._ =car= change the =c= to =qu= before =e=: =arrancar=, pret. =arranquei=, pres. sub. =arranque=; =ficar=, pret. =fiquei=. _b._ =gar= change the =g= to =gu= before =e=: =apagar=, =apague=; =jogar=, =jogue=; =cegar=, pret. =ceguei=; =julgar=, pret. =julguei=. _c._ =ger= and =gir= change the =g= to =j= before =o= and =a=: =abranger=, =abranjo=; =fugir=, =fujo=, =fuja=. _d._ =guer= and =guir= drop the =u= before =a= and =o=: =erguer=, =ergo=; =distinguir=, =distingo= (except =arguir=). _e._ =çar= drop the cedilla before =e=: =alcançar=, =alcance=. _f._ =cer= change =c= to =ç= before =a= and =o=: =adoecer=, =adoeço=, =adoeça=. _g._ In the third conjugation verbs that have =u= in the final syllables change it to =o= in the present: =consume=, 3d per. =consome= =destruo=, ” ” =destroe= =acudo=, ” ” =acode= =fujo=, ” ” =foge= =cuspo=, ” ” =cospe= =engulo=, ” ” =engole= =tusso=, ” ” =tosse= =bulo=, ” ” =bole= =cubro=, ” ” =cobre= =subo=, ” ” =sobe= =sumo=, ” ” =some= Analogous changes are made in the first person of the present indicative of the following: =dormir= becomes =durmo=; =servir=, =sirvo=; =seguir=, =sigo=; =impedir= (formerly =impido=, now) =impeço=. AUXILIARY VERBS (See Exercise XXIII, page 143) =109.= The principal auxiliary verbs are =ter=, _to have_, and =haver=, =ser=, and =estar=, _to be_. These verbs, however, are not used exclusively as auxiliaries, while other verbs are often used as such, especially =andar= and =ir=, _to go_, and =vir=, _to come_. =Ando procurando uma casa=, _I am looking for a house_. _a._ =Ter= and =haver= when used with an infinitive require the preposition =de=: =tenho de escrever=, or =hei de escrever=, _I have to write_. In such uses of these verbs, =ter= shows that the thing is done by necessity, as =temos de morrer=, _we must die_; while =haver= is used to indicate that it will be done with certainty, or the resolution to do it. =Ter= sometimes means _to have_ in the sense of possession, as =tenho um cavallo=, _I have a horse_; =teve razão=, _he had reason_ or _he was right_, but it is also used as an auxiliary verb just as it is in English. _b._ These particular auxiliaries are often used in place of the regular future forms of the verbs: =hei-de ir= for =irei=, =ha-de ir= for =irá=, etc. The hyphen is not always used before the =de=; it may be written =ha de ir=. _c._ In the use of =haver= with the preposition =de= the latter is joined to the verb form: =hei-de escrever=; =hão-de dizer=. _d._ In general =ter= is used more than =haver=. _e._ When =andar= is used as an auxiliary it is either followed by the present participle of another verb or by =a= and the infinitive, and conveys the idea that the subject of the first verb constantly practises the action implied by the second: =José anda vadeando= or =José anda a vadear= means that _Jose is idling constantly_. _f._ The verbs =ir= and =vir= followed by the present participle of another verb expresses the gradual realization of the action of the second verb: =vou acabando=, _I am gradually finishing_, _I am nearing the end_. _g._ The verb =ir= followed by the infinitive expresses immediate future action: =vou passear=, _I am going to take a walk_. _h._ =Haver= is generally defined as meaning _to have_, but in the third person it is more nearly equivalent to the verb _to be_. For example: =não ha agua=, _there is no water_; =houve um temporal=, _there was a storm_; =se houvesse tempo=, _if there were time_. _i._ =Ser= means _to be_ in a permanent sense: =sou Americano=, _I am an American_. It is used as an auxiliary, but only in the passive voice: =a terra é cultivada=, _the land is cultivated_.[38] _j._ =Estar= means _to be_, in a transitory or temporary sense: =estou aqui=, _I am here_; =estou com fome=, _I am hungry_; =estou doente=, _I am ill_; but =sou doente= means _I am ill beyond recovery_, that is, _I am an invalid_. =Estou cego=, _I am blind_ (temporarily); =sou cego=, _I am blind_ (permanently). _k._ =Estar= is sometimes used to indicate nearness in point of time where =ser= indicates remoteness, as =elle está morto= means _he has just died_, whereas =elle é morto= implies that _he died long ago_. Sometimes either =ser= or =estar= can be used with equal propriety as: =é claro que= or =está claro que=, _it is evident that_.... _l._ The verb =estar= followed by the preposition =a= or =para= and an infinitive means that the action of the second verb is to take place shortly: =Carlos está para casar=, _Charles is on the point of marrying_; =o vapor está a partir=, _the steamer is about to start_. _m._ =Estar a= indicates an act in process at the time of the remark: =ha mais de meia hora está aquelle menino a chorar=, _for more than half an hour that boy has been crying_. _n._ =Vir= followed by the preposition =a= and an infinitive expresses the same idea as would be expressed by the second verb and =por fim=: =estas palavras veem a significar or estas palavras por fim significam=, _in the end these words mean_, or _these words amount to_. _o._ The English auxiliary _do_ has no equivalent in Portuguese. +Conjugation of the Auxiliary Verbs+ =Ter=[39] =Haver=[39] =Ser=[40] =Estar=[39] _to have_ _to be_ _to be_ _to be_ _to have_ +Indicative+ { =tenho= (I have) =hei= =sou= (I am) =estou= (I am) { =tens= =has= =és= =estas= { =tem= =ha= =é=[42] =está= _Present_ { =temos= =havemos=[41] =somos= =estamos= { =tendes= =haveis= =sois= =estaes= { =têm= =hão= =são=[43] =estão= { =tinha= (I had) =havia= =era= (I was) =estava= (I was) { =tinhas= =havias= =eras= =estavas= { =tinha= =havia= =era= =estava= _Imperfect_ { =tinhamos= =haviamos= =éramos= =estavamos= { =tinheis= =havieis= =ereis= =estaveis= { =tinham= =haviam= =eram= =estavam= { =tive= (I had) =houve= =fui= (I was) =estive= (I was) { =tiveste= =houveste= =foste= =estiveste= { =teve= =houve= =foi= =esteve= _Preterit_ { =tivemos= =houvemos= =fomos= =estivemos= { =tivestes= =houvestes= =fostes= =estivestes= { =tiveram= =houveram= =foram= =estiveram= { =terei= =haverei= =serei= =estarei= { =terás= =haverás= =serás= =estarás= _Future_ { =terá= =haverá= =será= =estará= { =teremos= =haveremos= =seremos= =estaremos= { =tereis= =havereis= =sereis= =estareis= { =terão= =haverão= =serão= =estarão= { =teria= =haveria=[45] =seria= =estaria= { =terias= =haverias= =serias= =estarias= _Conditional_[44] { =teria= =haveria= =seria= =estaria= { =teriamos= =haveriamos= =seriamos= =estariamos= { =terieis= =haverieis= =serieis= =estarieis= { =teriam= =haveriam= =seriam= =estariam= { =tivera= =houvera= =fôra= =estivera= { =tiveras= =houveras= =fôras= =estiveras= _Pluperfect_[44] { =tivera= =houvera= =fôra= =estivera= { =tiveramos= =houvéramos= =foramos= =estiveramos= { =tivereis= =houvereis= =foreis= =estivereis= { =tiveram= =houveram= =foram= =estiveram= +Subjunctive+ { =tenha= =haja= =seja= =esteja= { =tenhas= =hajas= =sejas= =estejas= _Present_ { =tenha= =haja= =seja= =esteja= { =tenhamos= =hajamos= =sejamos= =estejamos= { =tenhaes= =hajaes= =sejaes= =estejaes= { =tenham= =hajam= =sejam= =estejam= { =tivesse= =houvesse= =fosse= =estivesse= { =tivesses= =houvesses= =fosses= =estivesses= _Imperfect_ { =tivesse= =houvesse= =fosse= =estivesse= { =tivessemos= =houvessemos= =fossemos= =estivessemos= { =tivesseis= =houvesseis= =fosseis= =estivesseis= { =tivessem= =houvessem= =fossem= =estivessem= { =tiver= =houver= =fôr= =estiver= { =tiveres= =houveres= =fôres= =estiveres= _Future_ { =tiver= =houver= =fôr= =estiver= { =tivermos= =houvermos= =fôrmos= =estivermos= { =tiverdes= =houverdes= =fôrdes= =estiverdes= { =tiverem= =houverem= =fôrem= =estiverem= +Imperative+ _Present_ { (_sing._) =tem= =ha= =sê= =esta= { (_pl._) =tende= =havei= =sêde= =estae= +Infinitive+ _Impersonal_ } =ter= =haver= =ser= =estar= { =ter= =haver= =ser= =estar= { =teres= =haveres= =seres= =estares= _Personal_ { =ter= =haver= =ser= =estar= { =termos= =havermos= =sermos= =estarmos= { =terdes= =haverdes= =serdes= =estardes= { =terem= =haverem= =serem= =estarem= +Participles+ _Pres. Part._ =tendo= =havendo= =sendo= =estando= _Past Part._ =tido= =havido= =sido= =estado= IRREGULAR VERBS (See Exercise XXIV, page 144) =110.= Some of the irregular verbs are so nearly regular that they are omitted from the following reference list of the verbs most commonly regarded as irregular. Such are verbs ending in =ahir= and =air=. These follow the succeeding models in the Present Indicative and Subjunctive but are otherwise regular. =Sahir=, _to go out_ =Esvair=, _to disperse_ +Indicative Present+ +Indicative Present+ =saio= =esvaio= =saes= =esvais= =sae= =esvae= =sahimos= =esvaimos= =sahis= =esvais= =saem= =esváem= +Subjunctive Present+ +Subjunctive Present+ =saia= =esvaia= =saias= =esvais= =saia= =esvaia= =saiâmos= =esvaiâmos= =saiaes= =esvaiaes= =saiam= =esváiam= _a._ +Note.+--The verbs =sahir=, =cahir=, and their compounds are generally written with =h= in those forms in which the =sa= and =ca= are followed by accented =i= or =ir=, in which cases the =h= is used to indicate that the =a= and =i= do not form diphthongs. _b._ Verbs ending in =uzir= take =uz= instead of =use= in the third person of the present indicative: =produzir=, _to produce_, =produz=; =reluzir=, _to shine_, =reluz=. Reference List of the Irregular Parts of Irregular Verbs =111.= +FIRST CONJUGATION+ =Dar=, _to give_. _Indic. Pres._ =dou=, =das=, =da=, =damos=, =daes=, =dão=. _Pret._ =dei=, =deste=, =deu=, =demos=, =destes=, =déram=. _Plup._ =déra=, =déras=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =dê=, =dês=, =dê=, =dêmos=, =deis=, =dêem=. _Imp._ =désse=, =désses=, etc. _Fut._ =dér=, =déres=, =dér=, =dermos=, =derdes=, =derem=. =112.= +SECOND CONJUGATION+ =Caber=, _to hold_, _contain_. _Indic. Pres._ =caibo=, =cabes=, =cabe=, =cabemos=, etc. _Pret._ =coube=, =coubeste=, =coube=, =coubemos=, etc. _Plup._ =coubera=, =couberas=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =caiba=, =caibas=, =caibâmos=, etc. _Imp._ =coubesse=, =coubesses=, etc. _Fut._ =couber=, =couberes=, etc. =Crer=, _to believe_. _Indic. Pres._ =creio=, =crês=, =crê=, =cremos=, =credes=, =creem=. _Subj. Pres._ =creia=, =creias=, =creia=, =creiamos=, =creiaes=, =creiam=. _Imperative._ =crê=, =crede=. =Dizer=, _to say_. _Indic. Pres._ =digo=, =dizes=, =diz=, =dizemos=, etc. _Pret._ =disse=, =disseste=, =dissemos=, etc. _Fut._ =direi=, =diras=, =dirá=, etc. _Condit._ =diria=, =dirias=, etc. _Plup._ =dissera=, =disseras=, =disseramos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =diga=, =digas=, =digâmos=, etc. _Imp._ =dissesse=, =dissesses=, =disséssemos=, etc. _Fut._ =dissér=, =disséres=, etc. _Pres. Part._ =dito=. +Note.+--The following compounds of =dizer= are conjugated in the same way: =bemdizer=, =condizer=, =contradizer=, =maldizer= and =predizer=. =Estar=, _to be_, see page 79. =Fazer=, _to do_, _to make_ (Lat. _facere_). _Indic. Pres._ =faço=, =fazes=, =faz=, =fazemos=, etc. _Pret._ =fiz=, =fizeste=, =fez=, =fizemos=, etc. _Fut._ =farei=, =farás=, =fará=, etc. _Condit._ =faria=, =farias=, =faria=, =fariamos=, etc. _Plup._ =fizera=, =fizeras=, =fizéramos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =faça=, =faças=, =faça=, =façâmos=, etc. _Imp._ =fizesse=, =fizesses=, =fizesse=, =fizéssemos=, etc. _Fut._ =fizer=, =fizeres=, etc. _Past Part._ =feito=. +Note.+--The following compounds of =fazer= are similarly conjugated: =afazer=, =contrafazer=, =desfazer=, =perfazer=, =refazer=, and =satisfazer=. =Haver=, see page 79. =Jazer=, _to lie_, _to repose_. _Indic. Pres._ =jazo=, =jazes=, =jaz=, =jazemos=, =jazeis=, =jazem=. _Pret._ =jouve= (_antiquated_). =Ler=, _to read_. _Indic. Pres._ =leio=, =lés=, =lê=, =lemos=, =ledes=, =leem=. _Subj. Pres._ =leia=, =leias=, =leia=, =leiamos=, =leiais=, =leiam=. =Perder=, _to lose_. _Indic. Pres._ =perco=, =perdes=, =perde=, =perdemos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =perca=, =percas=, =perca=, =percamos=, etc. =Poder=, _to be able_. _Indic. Pres._ =posso=, =podes=, =póde=, =podêmos=, etc. _Pret._ =pude=, =podeste=, =pôde= or =poude=, =podémos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =possa=, =possas=, =possa=, =possâmos=, etc. _Imp._ =podesse=, =podesses=, =podesse=, etc. _Fut._ =poder=, =poderes=, etc. The Imperative of this verb is wanting. =Por=, _to put_, _to place_. This word and its compounds have the peculiar infinitive ending =or=;[46] it is, however, only a modification of its ancient form =poer=. _Indic. Pres._ =ponho=, =pões=, =põe=, =pômos=, =pondes=, =põem=. _Pret._ =pus=, =poseste=, =pôs=, =posémos=, =posesetes=, =pozeram=.[47] _Fut._ =porei=, =porás=, =porá=, =poremos=, =poreis=, =porão=. _Imper._ =punha=, =punhas=, =punha=, =punhamas=, =punheis=, =punham=. _Condit._ =poria=, =porias=, =poria=, =poriamos=, etc. _Plup._ =posera=, =poseras=, etc.[48] _Subj. Pres._ =ponha=, =ponhas=, =ponhamos=, etc. _Imp._ =posesse=, =posesses=, =posessemos=, etc.[48] _Fut._ =poser=, =poseres=, =posermos=, etc. _Pres. Part._ =pondo=. _Past Part._ =pôsto=. Similarly are conjugated the compounds =antepôr=, =oppôr=, =compôr=, =contrapôr=, =dispôr=, =impôr=, etc. =Prazer=, _to please_ (Impersonal). _Indic. Pres._ =praz=. _Pret._ =prouve=. _Plup._ =prouvera=. _Subj. Imp._ =prouvesse=. _Fut._ =prouvera=. =Querer=, _to wish_. _Indic. Pres._ =quero=, =queres=, =quer=, =queremos=, etc. _Pret._ =quis=, =quiseste=, =quis=, =quisemos=, etc., _or_ =quiz=, =quizeste=, =quiz=, =quizemos=, etc. _Plup._ =quisera=, =quiseras=, =quiseramos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =queira=, =queiras=, =queirâmos=, etc. _Imp._ =quisesse=, =quisesses=, =quiséssemos=, etc. _Fut._ =quiser=, =quiseres=, =quisermos=, etc. This verb has no Imperative form and the Subjunctive is used in its stead. =Requerer=, _to request_. _Indic. Pres._ =requeiro=, =requeres=, =requer=, =requeremos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =requeiras=, etc. _Imperative._ =requere=, =requerei=. =Saber=, _to know_. _Indic. Pres._ =sei=, =sabes=, =sabe=, =sabemos=, etc. _Pret._ =soube=, =soubeste=, =soube=, =soubémos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =saiba=, =saibas=, =saibâmos=, =saibaes=, etc. _Imp._ =soubesse=, =soubesses=, =soubessemos=, etc. _Fut._ =souber=, =souberes=, etc. =Ser=, _to be_. See page 79. =Ter=, _to have_. See page 79. The following compounds of =ter= are similarly conjugated: =abster=, =ater=, =center=, =deter=, =entreter=, =manter=, =obster=, =reter=, and =suster=. =Trazer=, _to bring_. _Indic. Pres._ =trago=, =trazes=, =traz=, =trazemos=, etc. _Pret._ =trouxe=, =trouxeste=, =trouxemos=, etc. _Plup._ =trouxera=, =trouxeras=, =trouxéramos=, etc. _Fut._ =trarei=, =trarás=, =trará=, etc. _Condit._ =traria=, =trarias=, =trariamos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =traga=, =tragas=, =tragamos=, =tragaes=, etc. _Imp._ =trouxesse=, =trouxesses=, =trouxessemos=, etc. _Fut._ =trouxer=, =trouxeres=, etc. =Valer=, _to be worth_. _Indic. Pres._ =valho=, =vales=, =vale=, =valemos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =valha=, =valhas=, =valhâmos=, =valhaes=, etc. =Ver=, _to see_ (Lat. _videre_). _Indic. Pres._ =vejo=, =vês=, =vê=, =vêmos=, =vêdes=, =vêem=. _Pret._ =vi=, =viste=, =viu=, =vimos=, =vistes=, =viram=. _Plup._ =vira=, =viras=, =viramos=, =vireis=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =veja=, =vejas=, =vejâmos=, =vejaes=, etc. _Imp._ =visse=, =visses=, =vissemos=, etc. _Fut._ =vir=, =vires=, =virmos=, etc. _Past Part._ =visto=. Similarly conjugated are the compounds =antever=, =entrever=, =prever= and =rever=. =113.= +THIRD CONJUGATION+ =Despedir=, =Expedir=. See =Pedir= below. =Frigir=, _to fry_. _Indic. Pres._ =frijo=, =friges=, =frege=, =frigimos=, =frigis=, =fregem=. _Past Part._ =frigido= and =frito=. =Ir=,[49] _to go_. _Indic. Pres._ =vou=, =vaes=, =vae=, =vamos= or =imos=, =ides=, =vão=. _Pret._ =fui=, =foste=, =foi=, =fômos=, =fostes=, =fôram=. _Fut._ =irei=, =iras=, =irá=, =iremos=, =ireis=, =irão=. _Imp._ =ia=, =ias=, =ia=, =iamos=, =ieis=, =iam=. _Condit._=iria=, =irias=, =iria=, =iriamos=, etc. _Plup._ =fôra=, =fôras=, =fôra=, =fôramos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =vá=, =vás=, =vá=, =vâmos=, =vades=, =vão=. _Imp._ =fôsse=, =fôsses=, =fôsse=, =fôssemos=, etc. _Fut._ =fôr=, =fôres=, =fôr=, etc. _Imper. Pres._ =vae=, =ide=. _Pres. Part._ =indo=. _Past Part._ =ido=. =Medir=, _to measure_. _Indic. Pres._ =meço=, =medes=, =mede=, =medemos=, =medem=. _Subj. Pres._ =meça=, =meças=, =meça=, =meçamos=, etc. =Ouvir=, _to hear_. _Indic. Pres._ =ouço=, =ouves=, =ouve=, =ouvimos=, =ouvis=, =ouvem=. _Subj. Pres._ =ouça=, =ouças=, =ouça=, =ouçamos=, =ouçaes=, =ouçam=. =Pedir=, _to ask_. _Indic. Pres._ =peço=, =pedes=, =pede=, =pedimos=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =peça=, =peças=, =peça=, =peçamos=, =peçaes=, =peçam=. The compounds =despedir= and =impedir= are conjugated in the same way. =Remir=,[50] _to redeem_. _Indic. Pres._ =redimo=, =redimes=, =redime=, =remimos=, =remis=, =redimem=. _Subj. Pres._ =redima=, =redimas=, =redima=, =redimâmos=, etc. =Rir=, _to laugh_. _Indic. Pres._ =rio=, =ris=, =ri=, =rimos=, =rides=, =riem=. _Subj. Pres._ =ria=, =rias=, =ria=, =riâmos=, =riaes=, =riam=. =Vir=, _to come_. _Indic. Pres._ =venho=, =vens=, =vem=, =vimos=, =vindes=, =vêm=. _Pret._ =vim=, =vieste=, =veio=, =viemos=, =viestes=, =vieram=. _Imp._ =vinha=, =vinhas=, =vinha=, =vinhamos=, =vinheis=, etc. _Plup._ =viera=, =vieras=, =vieramos=, =viereis=, etc. _Subj. Pres._ =venha=, =venhas=, =venhâmos=, etc. _Imp._ =viesse=, =viesses=, =viéssemos=, etc. _Fut._ =vier=, =vieras=, =viermos=, etc. _Past Part._ =vindo=. In the same way are conjugated the compounds: =advir=, =avir-se=, =contravir=, =convir=, =desavir=, =intervir=, =sobrevir=. VARIABLE PARTICIPLES OF REGULAR VERBS (See Exercise XXV, page 145) =114.= Many verbs that are otherwise regular have two forms of the past participle. These participles are not always interchangeable, however, as will be seen from the following examples: =Naquelle tempo já meu irmão era morto=, at that time my brother was already dead. =Naquelle tempo já meu irmão tinha morrido=, at that time my brother had already died. =Muitos povos eram sujeitos a Roma=, many people were subject to Rome. =Roma tinha sujeitado muitos povos=, Rome had subjected many people. In general when a verb has two forms of the past participle one of them is commonly used in the active voice and the other in the passive voice as in the examples above; some of them, however, are used in either voice, though preference is generally given to the short forms: =elle tem gasto=, =pago=, =ganho=. It should be observed that one form is regular and the other irregular or rather contracted. =115.= =List of Verbs having Two Forms of the Past Participle.=--[In this list (_a._) indicates that the preceding form is used in the active voice, (_p._) that it is used in the passive, (_a._ and _p._) that it is used in both voices.] FIRST CONJUGATION =acceitar=, to accept =acceitado= (_a. p._) =acceito= (_p._) =assentar=, to sit =assentado= (_a. p._) =assento= (_p._) =dispersar=, to disperse =dispersado= (_a. p._) =disperso= (_p._) =entregar=, to deliver =entregado= (_a. p._) =entregue= (_p._) =enxugar=, to dry =enxugado= (_a. p._) =enxuto= (_p._) =expressar=, to express =expressado= (_a. p._) =expresso= (_p._) =expulsar=, to expel =expulsado= (_a._) =expulso= (_p._) =fartar=, to satiate =fartado= (_a._) =farto= (_p._) =findar=, to finish =findado= (_a. p._) =findo= (_p._) =ganhar=, to gain =ganhado= (_a. p._) =ganho= (_a. p._) =gastar=, to spend =gastado= (_a._) =gasto= (_a. p._) =isentar=, to exempt =isentado= (_a._) =isento= (_p._) =juntar=, to collect =juntado= (_a. p._) =junto= (_a. p._) =limpar=, to clean =limpado= (_a._) =limpo= (_a. p._) =matar=, to kill =matado= (_a._) =morto= (_a. p._)[51] =occultar=, to hide =occultado= (_a. p._) =occulto= (_p._) =pagar=, to pay =pagado=[52] (_a._) =pago= (_a. p._) =salvar=, to save =salvado= (_a. p._) =salvo= (_a. p._) =soltar=, to loose =soltado= (_a._) =solto= (_p._) =sujeitar=, to subject =sujeitado= (_a. p._) =sujeito= (_p._) =116.= +SECOND CONJUGATION+[53] =accender=, to set fire =accendido= (_a. p._) =acceso= (_p._) =eleger=, to elect =elegido= (_a._) =eleito= (_a. p._) =envolver=, to involve =envolvido= (_a. p._) =envolto= (_a. p._) =prender=, to take =prendido= (_a._) =preso= (_p._) =suspender=, to suspend =suspendido= (_a. p._) =suspenso= (_p._) =117.= +THIRD CONJUGATION+ =abrir=, to open =abrido=[54] (_a._) =aberto= (_a. p._) =erigir=, to erect =erigido= (_a. p._) =erecto= (_p._) =extinguir=, to extinguish =extinguido= (_a. p._) =extincto= (_p._) =frigir=, to fry =frigido= (_a._) =frito= (_a. p._) =imprimir=, to print =imprimido= (_a. p._) =impresso= (_a. p._) =tingir=, to dye =tingido= (_a._) =tinto= (_p._) =118.= There are still other verbs having two forms of the past participle: =afeiçoar=, to fashion afeiçoado afecto =annexar=, to annex annexado annexo =ignorar=, to ignore ignorado ignoto =manifestar=, to manifest manifestado manifesto =sepultar=, to bury sepultado sepulto[55] =suspeitar=, to suspect suspeitado suspeito =absolver=, to absolve absolvido absolto =absorver=, to absorb absorbido absorto =extender=, to extend extendido extenso =torcer=, to twist torcido torto =contrahir=, to contract contrahido contracto =extrahir=, to extract extrahido extracto =opprimir=, to oppress opprimido oppresso =reprimir=, to repress reprimido represso =submergir=, to submerge submergido submerso DEFECTIVE VERBS (See Exercise XXVI, p. 146) =119.= In addition to those already mentioned in the list of irregular verbs, the following verbs are defective: { =advir= } { =colorir= } { =descommedir-se= } { =emollir= } { =empedernir= } These verbs are used only in I. { =extorquir= } the forms in which the =i= of { =fallir= } the infinitive occurs. { =florir= } { =renhir= } { =retorquir= } II. =Precaver=, _to prevent_, =fremir=, _to roar_, and =soer=, _to be accustomed_, are only used in the forms in which the roots =precav=, =frem=, and =so= are followed by =e= or =i=: =precaves=, =precavia=. THE SUBJECTS OF VERBS (See Exercise XXVI, page 146) =120.= In the main verbs agree with their subjects in number and person as they do in English, but such a general rule is not always applicable in Portuguese. The following rules cover the most important cases in which there is a departure from English usage. _a._ In case of compound subjects the verb may be plural as in English, as =o sol e a lua são brilhantes=; but in certain cases it is singular, as follows: _b._ It is singular when a gradation is emphasized: =una palavra=, =um gesto=, =um olhar bastava=. _c._ It is singular when an enumeration ends with =tudo=, =nada=, =nenhum=, =ninguem= or =cada um=. =O ouro, os diamantes, e as perolas tudo é terra e da terra.= _d._ It is singular when the compound subject follows the verb: =passará o céo e a terra=. In case of proper names it is considered better for the verb to be plural: =do mesmo pal nasceram Esau e Jacob=. _e._ Infinitives and phrases take the verb in the singular: =perdoar erros e engrandecer bons intentos é de espirito generoso=. _f._ In case of contrasts the verb is plural: =amar, aggravar, e empecer não se compadecem=. _g._ The following have the verb either singular or plural indifferently: =um e outro, nem um nem outro, mais de um=. =Um e outro quer morrer.= =Um e outro fugiram.= _h._ In certain idiomatic expressions singular subjects appear to have plural verbs. (1) =Nos é que somos patriotas.= In this sentence =nos é que= may, however, be regarded as an adverbial expression. Some grammarians regard it as analytically equivalent to =que nós somos patriotas é (facto)=. (2) =Tudo são trevas; o mundo são homens.= _i._ Similarly a first person may be used with a verb of the third person: =eu é que digo adeus=, _it is I who say good-by_. _j._ When one subject is in the first person and another is of the second or third, the verb is first person plural. =Eu e tu temos=, the =eu= and =tu= being equivalent to =nós=. =Nem eu nem vós sabemos come nasce amor=, literally, _neither I nor you_, (that is, _we_) _do not know how love begins_. _k._ When one subject is in the second person and another is in the third, the verb is second person plural. =Tu e Carlos estaes bons=, _you and Carlos are good_. =121.= =Impersonal Verbs.=[56]--(See Exercise XXVII, page 147.) Impersonal verbs are used only in the third person. The English impersonal _it_ is not separately expressed in this impersonal use. Examples: =ha homens sabios=, _there are wise men_; =houve festas=, _there were feasts_ (festivities); =faz calor=, _it is warm_; =faz uma semana hoje=, _it is a week to-day_; =é facil=, _it is easy_; =é justo=, _it is just_; =é bem que=, _it is well that_; =é preciso=, _it is necessary_; =são duas horas=, _it is two o’clock_; =dizem=, _they say_. Other forms especially characteristic of the Portuguese, but used in various tenses, are: =acontece=, it happens =apraz-me=, it pleases me =basta=, it is enough =carece=, it is necessary, there is need that =chega=, that will do =convem=, it is well, it suits =cumpre=, it is necessary: =cumpre dizel-o=, it must be said =custa=, it costs: =custa dormir=, it is hard to sleep =dar-se=, to happen: =deu-se esse facto=, this is what happened =é=, =era=, =foi=, etc., from =ser= (§ 109), it is, was, etc. =faz=, =fazia=, =fez=, from =fazer= (§ 112), it is, was, etc. =fica=, it remains, rests, is, etc., as =fica combinado=, it is agreed =ha=, =havia=, =houve=, from =haver= (§ 109), there is, there are, there was, there has been =importa=, it matters =parece=, it seems =praz-me=, it pleases me, I am pleased =urge=, it is urgent =resta=, it remains _a._ There are also the usual forms expressing operations of nature, such as =chove=, _it rains_. _b._ The impersonal verbs are often used in the passive voice, as =alli se vive sem desejo=, _there one lives without desire_; =diz-se que=, _it is said that_; =precisa-se de um criado=, _a servant is wanted_. =122.= =Prepositions Required by Verbs.=--Some verbs are followed by certain prepositions, such as =a=, =até=, =com=, =de=, =em=, =para=, =por=, =sobre=, in their various forms. Some of these usages correspond to the English, but most of them do not. Only a few of the cases where the usage differs from English are given here. _a._ =A=, _to_, _of_, is used after =perguntar=, =prohibir=, and =perdoar=: =perguntou ao medico=, _he asked the physician_; =prohibiu ao moço=, _he forbade the youth_. =Eu perdôo a quantos me fizeram mal=, _I forgive all those who have ill used me_. =A= is used with the infinitive when it is the object of a verb, as explained at § 123_d_. _b._ The use of =a= after =querer= determines the meaning of the verb: =querer a alguma pessoa= is _to esteem_ or _love some one_, while =querer alguma cousa= is _to desire something_. _c._ =Até=, _to_, _at_, is used after =chegar= and =ir=: =fui até a cidade=, _I went as far as the city_. _d._ =Com=, _with_, is used after =estar=, _to be_, =ter=, _to have_, and =casar=, _to marry_; =estou com fome=, _I am hungry_; =estou com frio=, _I am cold_; =fui ter com elle=, _I went to have an interview with him_; =casou com a filha de T=, _he married the daughter of T_. _e._ =De=, _of_, is used after: =approveitar-se=, to improve the opportunity =cessar=, to cease =depender=, to depend =deixar=, to leave =gostar=, to like =morrer=, to die =precizar=, to need and after certain reflexive forms, such as, =lembrar-se=, to remember =esquecer-se=, to forget and verbs implying _motion from_. Examples: =Gosto de café=, I like coffee =Morre de fome e de frio=, he is dying of hunger and cold =Deixa de asneiras=, stop your folly =Lembrou-se da occasião=, he remembered the occasion For =de= before an infinitive objective, see § 123_f_. _f._ Classic writers use =de= with several other verbs, such as, =d’esta agua não beberei=, I shall not drink of this water; =d’este pão não comerei=, I shall not eat of this bread. _g._ =Em=, _in_, is used after =estar=: =o dono está em casa?= _is the proprietor at home?_ _h._ =Para=, _for_, _to_, is used after certain verbs implying motion towards: =ir=, =partir=, =vir=, =buscar=, =olhar=, and =deitar=: =Vou para casa=, I am going home =Partiu para Lisboa=, he has gone to Lisbon =Olhe para cá=, look this way =A janella deita para o rio=, the window opens toward the river _i._ +Note.+--On the other hand several verbs which in English are followed by prepositions do not require prepositions in Portuguese. Such are: =Agradecer=, to thank for: =agradeço-lhe o presente=, I thank you for the present. =Almoçar=, to breakfast on: =almoçou peixe=, he breakfasted on fish. =Calçar=, to put on (the feet): =calcei chinellas=, I put on slippers. =Cear=, to sup on: =ceou cha=, he supped on tea. =Falar=, to speak of: =falou politica=, he talked about politics. =Subir=, to climb up: =subiu a serra=, he climbed up the mountain. =Vestir=, to put on: =vesti o paletó=, I put on the coat. OBJECTS OF VERBS (See Exercise XXVIII, page 148) =123.= The objects of verbs differ in the following respects from usages in English: _a._ When the direct object of a verb is a person or living being, that name is preceded by the preposition =a=, _to_, especially when it is necessary to distinguish the object from the subject. =Ama a Deus=, _love God_; =a Pompeu venceu Cesar=, _Cæsar overcame Pompey_; =elle subjugou ao tigre=, _he overcame the tiger_. But when the object is an animal other than man the =a=, _to_, may be omitted as =subjugou o tigre=. _b._ When the direct object precedes the verb or when ambiguity is possible, the preposition =a=, _to_, precedes the object: =vence o dia á noite= or =á noite vence o dia=, _day overcomes night_. _c._ When the direct object is one of the pronouns =mim=, =ti=, =si=, =elle=, =a=, =nos=, =vos=, =elles=, and =os= they are preceded by the preposition =a=: =elle os colheu a mim e não a ti=. _d._ When the direct object is an infinitive the following verbs take the preposition =a=: =aprender=, =começar=, =ensinar=, =principiar=. Example: =ensinou a falar=. _e._ These verbs, when followed by the infinitive denoting the beginning of action, require =a=: =começar=, =deitar=, =entrar=, =meter=, =desatar=, =botar=. =Começou a escrever=, _he began to write_; =deitaram a fugir=, _they began to flee_. _f._ When the direct object of a verb is an infinitive, certain of these verbs when signifying the beginning, continuation or cessation of action, take =de= before that infinitive. These verbs are: =acabar=, =arrancar=, =cessar=, =começar=, =continuar=, =deixar=, =tomar=, =travar=. Example: =acabou de escrever=, _he has done writing_; =comecei de= (_or_ =a=) =almoçar=, _I began to breakfast_. SPECIAL USES OF VERBS (See Exercise XXVIII, page 148) =124.= _a._ To express existence in its various phases, besides =estar= and =ser=, many verbs are used. Some of these are here illustrated: =acho-me doente=, literally, _I find myself ill_; =sinto-me envelhecido=, literally, _I feel myself grown old_; =viu-se empobrecido=, literally, _he saw himself impoverished_; =anda alegre=, literally, _he goes joyous_, that is, _he is happy_. _b._ Certain verbs are combined to express movement and perception: =ouvi cantar=, _I heard_ (_him_) _sing_; =vi sahir=, _I saw_ (_him_) _go out_; =mandei fazer=, _I ordered made_; =fiz concertar=, _I had_ (_it_) _mended_. _c._ When a participle is used as an adjective it is often followed by =de=: =cercada e ornada de flores=, _surrounded and decorated with flowers_. This is especially true of the verbs =acompanhar=, =seguir=, =preceder=, =cercar=, =forrar=, =cobrir=, =pintar=, =fazer=, =vestir=. Some grammarians explain the use of =de= in these instances as part of elliptical phrases. PERIPHRASTIC VERB PHRASES (See Exercise XXIX, page 149) =125.= The Portuguese has periphrastic active, and passive verb phrases formed by the aid of auxiliaries. (See auxiliaries § 109). _a._ _Periphrastic active phrases_ are made by placing the required forms of =ter=, _to have_ (see page 79), before the perfect participle masculine singular of the main verb: =tenho escrito a carta=, _I have written the letter_. =tenho escrito=, I have written =tens escrito=, thou hast written =tem escrito=, he (she) has written =temos escrito=, we have written _b._ _Periphrastic passive phrases_ are formed by the use of =ser= or =estar=, _to be_, and the participle of the main verb which must agree with the subject. (See notes on =ser= and =estar= on page 78.) =Tenho sido transportado=, I have been carried =José foi morto=, Jose was killed =Maria estava molhada pela chuva=, Maria was wet by the rain _c._ The active voice is often used where the passive would be used in English. =Mandou preparar o jantar=, _he ordered dinner to be prepared_. =Mandei trazer um livro=, _I ordered a book to be brought_. =É de suppor=, =é de ver=, =é de crer= are all translatable only in passive forms. _d._ Progressive phrases are formed by the use of =estar=, _to be_, =ficar=, _to remain_, =ir=, _to go_, and some others with the present participle of the main verb. =Estou fallando=, _I am speaking_; =fica sabendo que ----=, _know that ----_. REFLEXIVE VERBS (See Exercise XXX, page 150) =126.= The reflexive verbs are conjugated by connecting the reflexive pronouns =me=, =te=, =se=, =nos=, and =vos= with the verb: =não me metto nisto=, _I do not meddle in this affair_; =vá se deitar=, _go lie down_; =vá se embora=, _go away_: _a._ A certain force and grace are sometimes imparted by the use of reflexive forms even when the verb is intransitive. =Ella morre de tristeza=, _she is dying of grief_, is grammatically correct, but =ella se morre de tristeza= is a more expressive way to say the same thing owing to the attention called to the subject by the use of =se=. _b._ Certain verbs are much used in the reflexive sense: =queixar-se=, _to complain_, and =arrepender-se=, _to repent_, are used only in the reflexive forms; =despedir-se=, _to take leave_, and =calar-se=, _to hush_, are used in both the active and reflexive forms, but the active forms have different meanings. _c._ Neuter or impersonal reflexives with =me=, =se=, etc., are much used: =me dizem= or =dizem-me=, _they tell me_; =me parece= or =parece-me=, _it seems to me_. _d._ The reflexive verbs do not take as objects the pronouns =o=, =a=, =os=, =as=. IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE (See Exercise XXXI, page 151) =127.= Colloquially the imperative is not so much used as the subjunctive which is used in its place. Thus =fale= (subj. pres.) =com ella= would be used in place of =fala= (imper.) =com ella=, _speak to her_; the latter is regarded as less polite, possibly because =fala= has =tu= (understood) as its subject, while =fale= has for its subject =o Senhor=, =você=, etc. For the same reason =tenha paciencia= (subj.), _have patience_, is used in place of =tem paciencia= (imper.).[57] =Preste= (not =presta=) =attenção=, _pay attention_. _a._ It is especially to be noted that when there is a negative the subjunctive should be used instead of the imperative: =não deva=, _you ought not_ (not =não deve=); =não me fale= (subj.), _don’t talk to me_ (not =não me fala=, imperative). _b._ One of the most common errors in Portuguese is the use of the present indicative in place of the imperative (or subjunctive). The following are examples: =Traz-me um copo d’agua=, should be =traze-me= (_or_ =traga-me=) =um copo d’agua=, _fetch me a glass of water_; =diz a seu pai que=, should be =dize a teu pai= (_or_ =diga a seu pai=) =que=, _tell your father that_; =traduz este carta=, should be =traduze esta carta=, _translate this letter_. THE SUBJUNCTIVE AND THE INDICATIVE =128.= In certain dependent sentences the subjunctive or the indicative is used according to circumstances. When the fact is doubtful the subjunctive is used, otherwise the indicative: =É incerto que venha=, it is uncertain about his coming. =É certo que vem=, it is certain that he is coming. =Não conheço pintor que faça este quadro=, I know no painter who could make this picture. =Não conheço o pintor que fez este quadro= means: I do not know the painter who made this picture. =129.= When the adverb =talvez=, _perhaps_, precedes a verb it should be subjunctive; when it follows the verb, it should be indicative: =talvez seja isso exacto=, or =isso é talvez exacto=, _perhaps this_ (or _it_) _is so_. =130.= Certain idiomatic expressions use the subjunctive with the indefinite and relative pronouns as explained at § 102. =131.= Similarly the subjunctive is used with =como=: =seja como for=, _be that as it may_. =132.= The subjunctive is sometimes used in the sense of a conjunction: =estão ao alcance de todos os que as buscam, seja como estudo, seja como curiosidade= (+Herculano+). _They are within the reach of all who seek them whether for study or (as a mere matter of) curiosity._ PERSONAL INFINITIVE (See Exercise XXXI, page 151) =133.= The personal infinitive is an inflected form of the infinitive. It is found in the oldest Portuguese writings, and it is likewise different in use from anything in any other language.[58] Its use is best explained by examples: Impersonal: =comprei este livro para estudar=, _I bought this book (for me) to study_. Personal: =comprei este livro para estudardes=, _I bought this book for you to study_. =O nosso mestre está contente por sabermos a lição=, _our teacher is pleased because we know the lesson_. =Ficou surprehendido de não estarem os soldados devidamente em ordem=, _he was surprised that the soldiers were not duly in order_. =É preciso comprarmos=, _it is necessary to buy (that we buy)_. FOOTNOTES: [34] On the ending =am= and =ão= see § 9_b_ foot-note and § 108. [35] On the ending =am= and =ão= see § 9_b_ foot-note and § 108. [36] The English _perfect_ tense is represented by the _imperfect_ and _preterit_ of the Portuguese, and the discriminate use of these tenses in the Portuguese is one of the greatest difficulties for English speaking persons. [37] Some grammarians call this the gerund. [38] For its use in expressing the time of day see § 64. [39] For meanings see § 109. [40] =Ser= is an auxiliary only in the passive voice. It is called a mixed verb on account of its being made up of different verbs: =sou=, =somos= (Lat. _sum_, etc.); =era=, =eramos= (Lat. _eram_); =fui=, =fomos= (Lat. _fui_); =serei=, =seria=, =seja= (Lat. _sedere_). [41] Contracted to =hemos=, =heis=. [42] This was formerly written =he=. [43] Formerly written =sam=. [44] See note on page 71 on the conditional and pluperfect. [45] Contracted to =hia=, etc. [46] Some grammarians regard =por= and its compounds as a fourth conjugation. [47] In these forms Bento José de Oliveira in his _Nova Gramatica Portuguesa_, ed. of 1904, uses =u= instead of =o=, =os=:--=puseste=, =pusera=, =pusesse=. [48] In these forms Bento José de Oliveira in his _Nova Gramatica Portuguesa_, ed. of 1904, uses =u= instead of =o=, =os=:--=puseste=, =pusera=, =pusesse=. [49] This is really a defective verb made up of parts of three different verbs: =ir=, =irmos=, =irdes=, etc., from the Latin _ire_; =vou=, =vaes=, =vão=, etc. from the Latin _vadere_; =fui=, =fosse=, =fôr=, etc., from =fui= of the verb =ser=. [50] =Remir= and =redimir= are forms of the same verb. [51] The form =morto= is usurped from the verb =morrer=, _to die_. [52] =Pagado= is now quite antiquated. [53] Grammarians often give =escrevido= here as a regular participle from =escrever=, but as a matter of fact the word is not used. [54] Used only in the compound form =desabrido=. [55] =Sepulto= used only in compound form =insepulto=. [56] These verbs are sometimes called “unipersonal” in Portuguese, for their forms are not always confined to the third person. For example, =haver=, =ser=, and =fazer= and others have all the persons. [57] One often hears =tenha a paciencia=, which is correct when the sentence has a complement, as =tenha a paciencia de ler esta carta=. [58] Bento José de Oliveira, in his _Nova Gramática Portuguesa_, 26_a_ ed. p. 46, says that the personal infinitive should be regarded as an aorist form of the subjunctive. VIII. THE INDECLINABLES ADVERBS (See Exercise XXXII, page 152) =134.= Adverbs may be single words as =bem=, _well_, =logo=,[59] _presently_, =cedo=, _early_. _a._ Or they may be adverbial phrases such as the following: =a miudo=, repeatedly =ante-hontem=, day before yesterday =as cegas=, blindly =as escuras=, darkly =até aqui=, thus far =a toda hora=, hourly =a torto e direito=, right and left =a vista=, at sight =com effeito=, indeed =d’aqui a pouco=, shortly =d’aqui em diante=, henceforth =de dia=, by day =de longe=, afar =de noite=, by night =de nenhuma sorte=, by no means =de perto=, near by =de repente=, suddenly =de chofre=, suddenly, unexpectedly =de tarde=, in the afternoon =de vez em quando=, from time to time =em fim=, finally =em seguida=, one after another =em vão=, in vain =hoje em dia=, nowadays (_popular_) =para sempre=, forever =pelo menos=, at least =por baixo=, below =por cima=, above =por em quanto=, meantime =pouco mais ou menos=, a little more or less =quando muito=, at most _b._ The following are composite forms: =depois= (=de= and =pois=), _afterwards_; =quiça=, _perhaps_, (abbreviation of =quem sabe=, _who knows_); =tambem= (=tão= and =bem=), _also_; =tampouco= or =tão pouco=. Example: =elle não quiz e eu tão pouco=, _he didn’t want it, and neither did I_. _c._ Many adverbs are formed by adding =mente= to a feminine adjective. The =mente= is usually to be translated by the English ending _ly_; =escuramente=, _darkly_; =propriamente=, _properly_. _d._ When two or more adjectives ending in =mente= follow each other this termination is used with the last and is understood for the others: =justa e propriamente=, _justly and properly_. _e._ Some adverbs have the same forms as the masculine adjectives: such are =alto=, =baixo=, =barato=, =certo=, =claro=, =conforme=, and =muito=: =falar baixo=, _to speak low_; =comprou barato=, _he bought cheaply_. _f._ =Que= is an adverb when used to modify an adjective, and can be substituted by =como=, =quão= or =quanto=: =que bella é a noite=, _how fine the night is_. _g._ =Eis=, best translated _behold_, is a demonstrative adverb: =eis Lisboa!= _behold Lisbon!_ =Eis o homem!= _behold the man!_ =Eis que=, =eis-aqui=, =eis-ahi=, and =eis-alli= are all used in directing attention. With the objective of the personal pronouns it forms enclitics: =eil-o=, =eil-os=, _see him_, _see them_. _h._ Adverbs are sometimes used after certain verbs where English requires adjectives. These verbs are: =estar=, =ficar=, =permanecer=, =sair=, =continuar=. The following expressions are good Portuguese: =Este negocio parece-me bom= or =parece-me bem=, _this business seems to me to be good_. =Estou bem= or =estou bom= (_or_ =boa=), _I am well_. =Está bem=, _he is well off_ (financially). =135.= _a._ _Special cases._--=Aqui=, _here_, _in this place_, is associated with the first person. =Por aqui=, _this way_; =d’aqui=, _hence_, =d’aqui a tres dias=, _three days hence_; =d’aqui em diante=, _henceforth_, _from now on_. _b._ =Cá=, _here_, is also associated with the first person: =vem cá=, _come here_. It is also used with the first person for emphasis: =eu cá me entendo=, _I (here) know what I am about_. _c._ =Ahi= is associated with the second person and refers to a fixed place near the speaker: =bote ahi=, _put it just there_. _d._ =Ali= is associated with the third person and refers to a more distant and fixed place. _e._ =Muito= when used in comparisons may mean either _very_ or _too_; =muito longe= may be either _very far_ or _too far_, according to the context. _f._ =Sim=, _yes_, is used after =que= in indirect discourse to mean _so_ or _just so_; =creio que sim=, _I believe so_; =acho que sim=, _I find it so_, or _I think so_. _g._ =Sim= and =não= as replies are rarely used alone, but in polite conversation are accompanied by =Senhor= or =Senhora=. _h._ Where _yes_ would be used in English, in Portuguese the verb used is ordinarily repeated or =é= is used. =Está prompto?= _Are you ready?_ =Estou=, _I am_. =Viu o vapor?= _Did you see the steamer?_ =Vi=, or =vi-o=, _I saw it_. _i._ =Nada= is sometimes used as an emphatic _no_, as explained in § 136. _j._ =Mesmo= is used for emphasis in connection with the adverbs =ahi=, =aqui=, etc.: =ahi mesmo=, _in that very spot_. _k._ =D’ahi por diante= or =d’ahi em diante=, _from that time on_. _l._ =Lá em cima=, _up there_; =lá em baixo=, _down there_. _m._ =Aonde=, _where_, _whither_, indicates motion toward, and =donde=, _whence_, motion from a place; =onde estou, donde venho, e aonde vou=, _where I am, whence I come, and whither I go_. _n._ =Para onde=, _whither_; =para baixo=, _downward_; =para traz=, _backward_. _o._ =Por onde=, _which way_; =por baixo=, _beneath_; =por detraz=, _behind_. _p._ The English _ago_ is expressed by the use of the impersonal verb =ha=, from =haver= (§ 109): =ha um anno=, _a year ago_. _q._ _Just_, and _just now_ are expressed by the use of the verbs =acabar= and =chegar=, and by the adverbs =ainda agora=: as =acabou de jantar=, _he has just dined_; and =ainda agora jantou=, _he has just now dined_. =Agorinha=, a diminutive form of =agora=, _now_, is similarly used and shortens the time past. _r._ _There_ is expressed by =ali= (_or_ =alli=), =lá=, and =acolá=. =Lá= and =acolá= are associated with the third person, and refer to places distant but not precise. =Bote lá=, _put it there_, i. e., _somewhere there_. =Digo a um vae acolá, e elle vae; e a outro vem cá, e elle vem=, _I say to one go there and he goes, and to another come here and he comes_. _s._ It often happens that a single English word can be rendered in Portuguese only by an adverbial phrase; such are _somewhat_ and _somewhere_. =Um tanto indisposto=, _somewhat ill_; =em alguma outra parte=, _somewhere else_. =Algures= is sometimes, but not often, used for _somewhere_. NEGATION (See Exercise XXXIII, page 153) =136.= The adverbs of simple negation are: =não=, no, not: =não estudei=, I have not studied =nem=, neither, nor: =nem um nem outro=, neither the one nor the other =nunca=, never: =nunca vi=, I have never seen: =nunca mais=, never more =jamais=, never: =nunca jamais o saberá=, you will never know it =nada=, nothing. (Though commonly a noun this word is sometimes used as an adverb of emphatic negation: =vai a cidade?= _are you going to the city?_ =Nada!= _decidedly not!_) The expression =pois não=, literally, _why not_, is sometimes an affirmative, equivalent to _certainly_, but it is sometimes a negative. The meaning in these cases is determined by the intonation. =Pois sim= is similarly an affirmation or negation according to intonation. =137.= =Double or Emphatic Negative.=--Two negatives are used for the purpose of strengthening the negation, and are not, as in English, equivalent to an affirmative. =Não sei nada disso=, _I know nothing about it_, is correct Portuguese; likewise are such expressions as =não sei não=; =não tenho nada=; =não ha nada=; =não conheço ninguem=; =não devemos nunca=. INTERROGATION (See Exercise XXXIII, page 153) =138.= There is no special arrangement of words for asking a question. That a question is asked is indicated colloquially by the tone of the voice, or, when written, it is shown by the use of the interrogation mark. =Este livro é meu= may mean _is this book mine?_ in which case the interrogation mark would be used, or it may mean _this book is mine_. There are certain words, however, which in themselves sometimes, but not always, imply questions, such as =quanto= or =quanta=, _how much_; =quantos= or =quantas=, _how many_; =porque=, _why_ or _because_; =como=, _how_ or _as_, and =qual=, _which_. The expression =não é assim?= _is it not so?_ and =não acha?= _don’t you find it so?_ refer to a preceding sentence or idea and are equivalent to the French _n’est-ce pas?_ or the German _nicht wahr?_ PREPOSITIONS (See Exercise XXXIV, page 154) =139.= Prepositions are either single, as =a=, _to_, =até=, _until_; or they are prepositional phrases: =cerca de=, _about_, =antes de=, _before_ (in time). The prepositions =de= and =a= are used in connection with direct objects as explained § 122, 123. _a._ =De= follows certain adjectives: =capaz de=, capable of: =elle é capaz de chegar a qualquer hora=, he is liable to arrive at any time =cego de=, blind: =cego de um olho=, blind in one eye =cego de raiva=, blind with rage =dependente de=, dependent upon =digno de=, worthy of =doente de=, ill with _or_ of =distante de=, distant from =facil de=, easy to =proprio de=, } proper to, _or_ for =proprio para=, } _b._ Similarly =de= follows certain participles used as adjectives (see § 124_c_), such as =pintado de verde=, painted green =vestida de seda=, dressed in silk _c._ =De= is also used idiomatically in such expressions as =estar de pé= or =em pé=, _to stand up_; =ir de chinellas=, _to go in one’s slippers_. _d._ The preposition =de= is much used in certain idiomatic phrases and sentences, such as =chorar de prazer=, _to weep for joy_; =morrer de fome=, _to die of hunger_; =fazer de tolo=, _to act the fool_; =responder de não=, _to say no_; =chamar de ladrão=, _to call one a thief_. _e._ The preposition =de=, _of_, often drops the =e= and takes an apostrophe when followed by a word beginning with a vowel: =d’este=, _of this_, for =de este=; =d’aquelle=, _of that_; they are also written =deste= and =daquelle=, with =elle= it forms =delle=. _f._ When the preposition =de= is followed by the definite article, the two words unite and are written and pronounced =do=, =da=, =dos=, =das= (in place of =de o=, etc.). (See § 15_b_.) =140.= The preposition =em=, _in_, is similarly combined with the definite article forming =no=, =na=, =nos=, =nas=, as explained at § 15_c_, and with =este=, =esse=, and =aquelle= forming =neste=, =nesse=, and =naquelle=. =141.= The preposition =a=, _to_, has so many and such varied uses that it seems best to give a list of them:[60] =A=, _to_, is used to express: _a._ The place to or toward which, with the idea of returning: =ir a praça=, _to go to the square_. _b._ The place where or near which: =estar á porta=, _to be at the door_; =situado a beira-mar=, _situated at the seaside_. _c._ Distance, measure of place and time: =a tiro de bala=, _a gunshot away_; =a tres kilometros=, _three kilometers away_. _d._ End or purpose: =trabalhar a bem da patria=, _to work for the good of the country_; =deu-lhe o vinho a provar=, _he gave him the wine to test_. _e._ Material: =pintar a oleo=, _to paint in oil_; =bordar a ouro=, _to embroider with gold_. _f._ Time in which: =partir ao meio dia=, _to leave at noon_. _g._ Future time near at hand expressed with the infinitive: =está a chegar=, _he is about to arrive_. _h._ Length of time: =d’aqui a dez dias=, _ten days hence_. _i._ Manner: =obra feita a pedaços=, _work done by bits_; =a pé=, _afoot_; =a cavallo=, _horseback_; =a nado=, (by means of) _swimming_. _j._ Distribution and succession: =dois a dois=, _two by two_; =gota a gota=, _drop by drop_. _k._ Means, instrument, cause: =matar á fome=, _to kill with hunger_; =ás punhaladas=, _with dagger thrusts_; =cantar á viola=, _to sing with a viola_; =calçar aos pés=, _to wear on the feet_. (See note § 8. 2.) _l._ Measure, price, tax: =medir a metros=, _to measure in meters_; =comprar ás arrobas=, _to buy by the arroba_; =vender a peso=, _to sell by weight_; =juros a cinco per cento=, _interest at five per cent_. _m._ Quantity: =aos centos=, _by the hundreds_; =chover a bom chover=, _to pour down rain_. _n._ Manner of action (with infinitives): =andar a saltar=, _to go jumping_; =ouvir passaros a cantar=, _to hear the birds a-singing_. _o._ Conformity: =ao parecer=, _as it seems_, =a vontade=, _as much as one likes_. _p._ Object of reference: =prompto a responder=, _ready to respond_; =apertar a mão a alguem=, _to press one’s hand_. _q._ Hypothesis: =a ser assim=, _so to be_. _r._ =A= and =para=, _to_, besides other relations, both express movement toward, but with this noteworthy difference: =a= contains the idea of returning, while =para= contains the idea of remaining. =Vou a Europa= and =vou para Europa= both mean _I am going to Europe_, and are both correct Portuguese, but the former means that I go to return, while the latter means I go to remain there. In such expressions as =está para chegar= and =está a chegar=, _he is about to arrive_, both refer to future action, but =para= expresses a more remote and =a= a more immediate action. =142.= In verse and colloquially =com=, _with_, sometimes drops the =m= when followed by the definite article: =co’os teus= or =c’os teus=, _with thy_, in place of =com os teus=. On the preposition =per= see § 15_d_. =143.= =Pelo que= is an idiomatic expression: =pelo que dizem=, _from what they say_; =pelo que me toca=, _in so far as it concerns (touches) me_. Certain adjectives and participles used as adjectives are followed by =por=: =celebre= =distincto= =famoso= =illustre= =notavel= =responsavel= Examples of participles used as adjectives and requiring =por=: =banhado= =cercado=[61] =conhecido= =disperso= =habitado=[61] =perseguido= =povoado=[61] =144.= The following are idiomatic prepositional expressions: =abaixo de=, beneath =acima de=, on top of =afim de=, to the end that =alem de=, beyond =ao redor de=, around =aquem de=, this side of =a roda de=, about =cerca de=, about =diante de=, before =de entre=, between =de frente de=, in front of =dentro de=, inside of =depois de=, after =de proposito=, on purpose =de sob=, below =de sobra=, superabundantly =de todo=, entirely =detraz de=, behind =de vez em quando=, from time to time =junto de=, near =longe de=, far from =perto de=, near =por baixo de=, below =por cima de=, above For prepositions required by certain verbs see § 122. CONJUNCTIONS (See Exercise XXXIV, page 154) =145.= Conjunctions are either single as =e=,[62] _and_, =porem=, _but_, =que=, _than_, or they are conjunctional phrases. Following are the more idiomatic of the _conjunctional phrases_: =afim de que=, for the purpose of =ainda que=, although, in spite of the fact that =a não ser que=, unless =antes que=, rather than, before =apesar de=, in spite of =apesar de que=, in spite of the fact that =comtanto que=, so that, provided =de maneira que=, } so that, in such a way that =de modo que=, } =depois que=, after that =de tal modo que=, } in such fashion that =de tal sorte que=, } =emquanto que=, while, although =entretanto que=, whilst =no caso que=, in case that =para que=, in order that =se bem que=, although =sem que=, unless =visto que=, in view of the fact that _a._ _Than_ is usually =que=, but it is also expressed by =de=, =de que=, =do que=, =da que=: =mais agua que café=, _more water than coffee_; =mais que vinte=, _more than twenty_; =mais do que é necessario=, _more than is necessary_; =mais de uma vez=, _more than once_. _b._ _Either ... or_ are expressed by =ou ... ou=: =ou pode ou não pode=, _either you can or you cannot_. _c._ _Neither ... nor_ are expressed by =não ... nem= or by =nem ... nem=: =não quero=, =nem posso=, _I neither wish nor can I_; =não tenho nem ouro nem prata=, _I have neither gold nor silver_. INTERJECTIONS =146.= Interjections are single words as =Oh, oxalá=, _would to God_, or they are interjectional phrases as =valha-me Deus!= =ai de mim!= _alas me!_ =quem me dera=, _would that_; =tomára que elle venha=, _I wish he would come_. Interjectional phrases containing =de= such as =ai de mim=, =infeliz de ti=, =pobre delle=, are said to be elliptical; the complete expression would be something like: =Ai (tem compaixão) de mim! infeliz (tenho compaixão) de ti! pobre (tenho compaixão) delle!= (§ 139_e_) =coitado! coitadinha!= ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING (See Exercise XXXV, page 155) =147.= There are several abbreviations of Latin origin that are the same as those in English, such as =A. D.= for _anno domini_, =etc.= for _et cetera_, =P. S.= for _post scriptum_, and the like. In addition there are many abbreviations for Portuguese words, the most common of which are given in the following list. These are used extensively in correspondence, and in the official documents. =Affᵒ= = affectuoso =Amo.= _or_ =Aᵒ= = amigo =Antᵒ= = Antonio =Attᵒ= = attento =Bᵉˡ= = bacharel =Bᵗᵒ= = Bento =Capᵐ= = Capitão =Cⁱᵃ= _or_ =Comp.= = companhia =Consᵒ= _or_ =Consʳᵒ= = conselheiro =Cᵒˡ= _or_ =Corᵉˡ= = Coronel =Crᵈᵒ= = criado =D.= = Dom, Dona. =D. G.= = Deus guarde =Dᵃ= = dita, Dona. =Dᵒ= = dito =D. D.= _or_ =Digᵐᵒ= = Dignissimo =Dr.= = Doutor =E. F.= = Estrada de ferro =Exᵐᵒ= = Excellentissimo =Exᵐᵃ= = Excellentissima =E. R. M.= = espera receber mercê =Ferᵃ= = Ferreira =Fr.= = Frei =Franᶜᵒ= } Francisco =Frᶜᵒ= } =Genˡ= = General =humˡ= = humilde =Illma.= = Illustrissima =Imp.= = Imperial =J. C.= = Jesus Christo =Janᵒ= = Janeiro =Joaqᵐ= } = Joaquim =Jᵐ= } =Jᵉ= = José =M. D.= = muito digno =Mˡ= _or_ =Mel.= = Manuel =Mᵃ= = minha and Maria =Mto.= = muito =N.= = norte =N.= _or_ =Nᵒ.= = numero =N. S.= = Nosso Senhor =Nᵃ Sᵃ= = Nossa Senhora =O.= = oeste =Obdᵒ= _or_ =Obgᵈᵒ= = obrigado =Obdᵃ= _or_ =Obgᵈᵃ= = obrigada =O. D. C.= = offerece, dedica e consagra (used in the dedication of books, etc.) =p. p.= = proxima passada =pᵃ= = para =pᵉ= = padre =Perᵃ= = Pereira =P. E. F.= = por especial favor =qᵈᵒ= = quando =qᵗᵒ= = quanto =Revᵃ= = Reverencia, Reverendissima =Rvᵈᵒ= = Reverendo =Rvᵐᵒ= = Reverendissimo =s/c= = sua casa =S.= = =São=,[63] Silva, Sousa, sua, sul =S. M. I.= = Sua Majestade Imperial =S. P.= = serviço publico =S. S.= = { Sua Senhoria { Sua Santidade =Sr.=, =Snr.= = Senhor =Snra.= = Senhora =Stᵒ= = Santo[63] =Stᵃ= = Santa[63] =S. E. O.= = salvo erro ou omissão =V.= = Você =Vᵃ= = Viuva =V. A.= = Vossa Alteza =V. A. R.= = Vossa Alteza Real =V. Exᵃ= = Vossa Excellencia =V. Magᵉ= = Vossa Majestade =V. M. I.= = Vossa Majestade Imperial =Venᵈᵒʳ= = Venerador =V. M.= = Vossa Mercê =Vmᶜᵉ= = Vossa Mercê =V. S.= _or_ =Vᵃ Sᵃ= = Vossa Senhoria 1ᵒ, 2ᵒ = primeiro, segundo, etc. =7br.= = Setembro =8br.= = Outubro =9br.= = Novembro =1Obr.= = Dezembro SIMILARITY OF WORDS IN THE TWO LANGUAGES (See Exercise XXXVI, page 156) One of the difficulties sometimes encountered by a beginner of Portuguese comes from a misleading similarity of certain words in the two languages. A few such words are here brought together to illustrate and emphasize this feature of the language, but the list is not complete. It is noticeable that words of this kind are chiefly from the Latin, and that they have descended to the English language with one of their meanings emphasized, and to the Portuguese with another. It should be noted, however, that the meanings given are the common rather than the only ones. List of Portuguese Words having a Meaning Different from Similar Words in English PORTUGUESE ENGLISH =acção= share (_in company_) =accordar= to waken =actual= present (_time_) =admirar-se= to be surprised =alumno= student =apreciar= enjoy =armar= (=rede=) tie up =artista= artisan =ascender= to light (_fire_) =assentar= to sit =assistir= to be present =bravo= wild =bruto= rough =campo= open field =collegio= school (_preparatory_) =combinar= agree =commum= ordinary =competencia= jurisdiction =concertar= to mend =constipação= cold (_in the head_) =damno= injury =demandar= (=porto=) to head for =denunciar= to announce (_and_ denounce) =desapontar= to put out =desgraça= misfortune =direito= right, straight =durar= to last =espaço= period =espectaculo= performance =estreito= narrow =esquesito= queer =face= cheek =faltar= to be lacking =fama= rumor =impertinente= exacting =importar= to amount to =idioma= language =idiotismo= idiom =miseravel= wretched =miseria= want =nomear= appoint =offendido= hurt =officio= trade =ordinario= commonplace, worthless =parente= kinsman =particular= private =partir= to start =prejuizo= injury =querer= wish =real= royal =regimento= rule =ruim= bad =segundo= according to =sereno= dew =singular= peculiar =sorte= prize =successo= accident =vapor= steam, steamer =vicio= habit =vulgarizar= to popularize =vulgarmente= commonly FOOTNOTES: [59] =Logo= is an unusually elastic adverb meaning all the way from _right now_ to _never_. [60] _Nova Gramatica Portugueza_ de Bento José de Oliveira, 26a ed. Coimbra, 1904, p. 98. [61] =Cercado=, =habitado=, and =povoado= also admit of =de=, as =cercado de amigos=, _surrounded by friends_. [62] The conjunction =e=, _and_, is sounded almost as if it were =i=, and when written is distinguished from =é=, _is_, by the latter always having the acute accent. [63] =São=, =Santo= and =Santa=, _Saint_. =São= is a short form of =Santo=, and is used before names beginning with a consonant, as =São José=, =São Tomaz=. =Santo= is used before words beginning with a vowel, as =Santo Antonio=, =Santo Ignacio=. =Santa= is the feminine form and is used before feminine nouns; the final =a= is dropped when the name begins with a vowel, as =Sant’ Anna=. EXERCISES I PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS (See § 2, page 5) =a=: ha, sal, para, gato, mata, ama, aza. =e=: pé, fé, sé; sello, mesmo; desde, elle, vale, grande. =i=: li, vi, ri, dormi, kilo; animal, limitado, dividir. { so, forte, voz, embora. =o=: { avô, vogal, por. { vento, bello, curto, tudo, isto. =u=: tu, lugar, cru, tribu, uma, singular, natureza. =y=: syllaba, martyr, myope, mystério, lyrico. +Vowel-Compounds: Pure Diphthongs+ (See § 3, page 6) =ai=: Cairo, paiol, mais, vai, jamais, amais. =au=: pau, mau. =ei=: lei, anneis, achei, sapateiro, primeiro, hei, dinheiro. =eu=: eu, ceu, deu, breu. =iu=: viu, insistiu. =oe=: heroe. =oi=: boi, foi, noite, depois, coitado. =ou=: ouro, couro, pouco, estou, sou, pensou. =ui=: fui, cuidado. +Nasal Diphthongs+ (See § 3, page 7) =ã=: irmã, rã, sã, maçã, la. =ãe=: mãe, cães, pães, capitães, allemães. =ão=: mão, não, irmão, João, são, attenção, nação, coração. =õe=: nações, edições, feições, corações, feijões, Camões. =ui=: muito. _Other nasal sounds_: bem, bom, fim, fins, sem, sim, som, com, bons, um, uns, homem, homenagem, vim, vins. II PRONUNCIATION OF THE CONSONANTS (See § 5, page 7) =b=: bala, bobo. =c=: cada, faca, cedo, cesta, cinco, civil, corta, culpa. =ch=: cha, chamar, chimica, epocha, cholera, chocar. =ç=: cortiça, benção, ouço. =d=: dado, desde, dia, doce, duro. =f=: fazer, ferro, fico, fogo, café, offerta. { gallo, gosto, gusa. =g=: { geral, gengebra, gymnasio. { guia, guisa, guincho. =gn=: maligno, assignar, signal, digno. =h=: ha, haver, herva, hora, hoje. =j=: anjo, José, jogo, jejum, já. =k=: kilo, kali. =l=: lastro, litro, leste, lontra, lustroso, elle. =lh=: carvalho, barulho, batalha, brilho, orelha, orgulho. =m=: mármore, momento, alguem, bem, hontem, porem. =n=: entende, neste, naquelle, ninho, nove, nuvem. =nh=: ganhar, gallinha, tenho, tamanho, caminho. =p=: pagina, pintura, ponta, praça. =ph=: philosophia, phosphoro. =pt=: escripto, prompto or pronto, captivo. { quadro, qualquer, quatorze. =q=: { quinze, aqui, quieto. { quente, quem, queijo. { renda, rio, rosto, rustico. =r=: { burro, serra, guerra. { caro, serio, genro, melro. { salsa, sino, socio. =s=: { lisa, casar, formosa, saudoso, abuso. =t=: tio, tonto. =th=: thesouro, mathematico. =v=: vacca, velho, vela, vinho, viuvo, visivel. { trouxe. { sexo, fluxo. { extenso, excepto. =x=: { exame, exemplo, exorbitante, existencia. { caixa, peixe. { xadrez, xiz, xique-xique. =z=: zona, zinco, zurrar, brazas, zangado. III ACCENTS[64] (See § 8-9, page 13) =ão=: caixão, caixões, lião, attenção, nações, orfão. =i=: aqui, Ariry, Piquiry. =l=: azul, perfil, general. =r=: vapor, salgar, senhor. =u=: tatu, bambu, caju. =z=: rapaz, feroz, rapidez, solidez, alcatraz. =im=: marfim, latim. =ia=: theologia, mineralogia. =aça=: fumaça, alfaça. =ade=: liberdade, caridade. =ode=: bode, bigode. =ice=: tolice, indice, apendice. =ude=: virtude, altitude. =ado -a=: usado -a, cravado. =edo=: olivedo, figueredo. =ido -a=: cosido -a, resumido. =udo -a=: cascudo -a. =ato=: barato, celibato. =ano=: bahiano, oceano. =anço -a=: descanço, balanço, alliança, esperança. =anco=: banco, flanco, arranco. =anto=: amianto, encanto. =ico -a=: rico, barrica. =iga=: ortiga, espiga. =eja=: cerveja, corteja, igreja. =eiro -a=: sapateiro, bandeira. =ume=: lume, bitume. =uto -a=: permuta, luta. =ando=: amando, lendo, and the present participles. =elho -a=: conselho, espelho. =erna=: perna, lanterna. =alho -a=: cascalho, retalho. =ilho -a=: filho, milho, rodilha. =olho -a=: repolho, escolha. =ulho -a=: gorgulho, agulha. =imba=: cacimba, caximba. =ello -a=: cabello, chinella. =elo=: modelo, farelo. =inho -a=: ninho, passarinho. =ino=: menino, ensino. =ora=: lavoura, professora. =uro -a=: escuro -a, rapadura. =oso -a=: formoso -a, gostoso -a, venenoso -a, raposa. =oço -a=: almoço, destroço. =esto -a=: honesto -a. =ista=: dentista, fatalista. =usto -a=: justo, robusto. =ate=: combate, alfaiate. =ete=: paquete, bobinete. =ote=: lote, filhote, capote. =eta=: cometa, propheta. =ito -a=: granito, cabrito. =ota=: idiota, gaivota, esgota. =que=: alambique, reboque. =ante=: tratante, brilhante. =ente=: plenamente, prudente. =ento -a=: nascimento, semento, augmento. =ema=: problema, systema. =inte=: pedinte, ouvinte. =ismo -a=: sophismo. =istro=: ministro, sinistro. =ivo -a=: captivo -a, activo, negativo, passivo. =eza=: defeza, viveza. =ouro=: bebedouro. =encia=: independencia. =aco -a=: demoniaco. =ico -a=: logico, colerico. =ido=: calido, fervido. =ega=: alfandega, pandega. =ago=: amago, relampago. =ego=: trafego, folego, pecego. =igo=: prodigo, perigo. =alo=: escandalo, estalo, abalo. =olo -a=: frivolo, malevolo -a. =ulo -a=: pendulo, cumulo. =imo -a=: riquissimo, longuissimo, emprestimo. =ito -a=: habito, implicito. =aro -a=: passaro, barbaro. =ero -a=: aspero, prolifero. =ore=: arvore, marmore. { baldio, desafio, desvario, fastio, On the penult. { feitio, tresvario, sadio, pousio, { vadio, escorregadio, luzidio, cunhadio, { plantio, gentio, armentio. { armario, buzio, cambio, diario, { inventario, adagio, secretario, sectario, { tributario, adventicio, frontespicio, On the antepenult. { facticio, ficticio, prodigio, { delirio, mortuario, escriptorio, laboratorio, { seminario, commentario, { notorio, mortorio, agio, { cirio, relogio. IV SYLLABICATION (See § 11, page 19) Separate the following words into their syllables: =amanhã= =applicação= =areia= =assumpto= =atalho= =banheiro= =cançar= =catarrho= =comnosco= =constantemente= =damnado= =escripto= =estampilha= =estou= =extracto= =galheiro= =gallo= =guerra= =isthmo= =lenço= =linguagem= =não= =navalha= =nenhum= =peixe= =philosophia= =prompto= =quando= =quilate= =sello= =senhora= =senhor= =subdelegado= =trabalhador= =thesouro= =tinta= =uma= =vinho= =vulgar= V DEFINITE ARTICLE (See § 14, page 23) +Vocabulary+ =o cavallo=, the horse =o garfo=, the fork =o homem=, the man =o menino=, the boy =o pai=, the father =o passaro=, the bird =o vapor=, the steamer =a colher=, the spoon =a faca=, the knife =a mãi=, the mother =a manteiga=, the butter =a menina=, the girl =a rosa=, the rose =a senhora=, the lady =tem=, has =está=, is (_temporary_) =estão=, are =ainda=, yet =aqui=, here =e=, and =onde=, where =mas=, but 1. O pai, a mãi e a menina. 2. Os homens e os cavallos. 3. Os garfos, as facas, e as colheres. 4. O passaro está aqui. 5. O homem tem o cavallo. 6. Onde está a senhora? 7. Aqui está a rosa. 8. As senhoras e as meninas estão aqui, mas os homens e os meninos ainda não estão. 9. A manteiga não é boa. 10. Pelo vapor a viagem é agradavel; pela estrada de ferro é má. 11. O João está no campo com o francez. 12. Venho da cidade pelo caminho comprido. 13. Na immensidade dos mares. 14. O livro foi adoptado pelo conselho de instrucção do Ceará a 19 de Agosto do corrente anno. 1. The horse is here. 2. The knife, the fork, and the spoon. 3. The mothers and the fathers and the girls. 4. Here is the horse. 5. Where is the knife? 6. The horses and the men. 7. Here is the mother. 8. The ladies are not here. 9. Where are the men? 10. The windows of the house. VI INDEFINITE ARTICLE (See § 17, page 25) +Vocabulary+[65] =o amigo=, friend =o cabello=, hair =o chapeo=, hat =o copo=, cup, glass =o filho=, son =o leite=, milk =o livro=, book =a agua=, water =a cadeira=, chair =a filha=, daughter =a flor=, flower =a mesa=, table =bonito -a=, pretty =branco -a=, white =é=, is (_permanently_) =em=, in, on =no= (_m._), =na= (_f._), in the =muito=, very =dois= (_m._), =duas= (_f._), two =uns= (_m._), =umas= (_f._), some 1. Um amigo tem um cavallo. 2. O chapeo é branco. 3. Um chapeo está na mesa. 4. Uma filha e dois filhos. 5. Uma cadeira muito bonita. 6. É um chapeo muito branco. 7. Duas filhas bonitas. 8. Um copo d’agua ou de leite. 9. Ja faz mais de uma semana. 10. Um dos filhos cahiu na agua. 11. Que bello dia; que bella flor. 12. Com umas cartas na mão. 13. No interior é mais agradavel especialmente o tempo das chuvas. 14. É uma felicidade. 1. A pretty flower is on the table. 2. The lady has a white hat. 3. A friend has the horses. 4. The mother has a pretty daughter. 5. The son has a very pretty horse. 6. The man has some knives, forks, and spoons. 7. A chair, a table, a plate, a knife, a fork, a spoon, a napkin, a glass of wine, a loaf of bread, a good dinner. 8. A short letter (cartinha). 9. It is a question of health. VII PLURAL OF NOUNS (See § 20, page 27) +Vocabulary+ =o animal=, animal =o anzol=, fish-hook =o irmão=, brother =o jornal=, newspaper =o paiz=, country =o papel=, paper =a espada=, sword =a irmã=, sister =a lição=, lesson =a nação=, nation =terça-feira=, Tuesday =sexta-feira=, Friday =docil=, docile =difficil=, difficult =feroz=, ferocious =facil=, easy =grande=, great =são=, are (_permanently_) =estão=, are (_temporarily_) =tenho=, I have =sahe=, comes out 1. Os animaes são ferozes. 2. Tenho dois anzóes. 3. As flores são muito bonitas. 4. Os irmãos tem os papeis. 5. Os paizes e as nações são grandes. 6. As lições são difficeis. 7. Os cavallos são animaes doceis. 8. A lição é facil. 9. É uma espada comprida. 10. O jornal sahe terças e sextas-feiras. 11. Os jornaes do paiz são todos diarios. 1. The nations are great. 2. I have difficult lessons. 3. The sisters have easy lessons. 4. The brothers have fish-hooks. 5. The papers are on the chair. 6. Horses are docile. 7. The flowers are beautiful. 8. The books are easy. 9. The laws of the land. Give the plurals of the following: =o cão=, dog =o cidadão=, citizen =a cor=, color =a dor=, pain =o funil=, funnel =o general=, general =o ladrão=, thief =o nariz=, nose =o pão=, bread (_loaf_) VIII GENDER OF NOUNS (See § 24-31, pages 30-38) +Vocabulary--Nouns of Opposite Sex+ =o moço=, young man =a moça=, young woman =o francez=, Frenchman =a franceza=, French woman =o professor=, (male) teacher =a professora=, (female) teacher =o menino=, boy =a menina=, girl =o gallo=, cock =a gallinha=, hen =a barão=, baron =a baroneza=, baroness =o boi=, ox =a vacca=, cow =o rapaz=, boy =a rapariga=, girl =o barro=, clay =a barra=, bar (_of stream_, _of iron_) =o porto=, port =a porta=, door =o caso=, case =a casa=, house =o solo=, soil =a sola=, sole (_leather_) =o ponto=, point, place { =a ponta=, end { =a ponte=, bridge =agradeço=, I thank =este= (_m._), =esta= (_f._), this =estes= (_m._), =estas= (_f._), these =fertil=, fertile =perto=, near =grosso= (_m._), =-a= (_f._), thick =doente=, ill =fechado -a=, closed =o campo=, field 1. O francez tem um boi, uma vacca, duas gallinhas, e um gallinheiro. 2. A professora é uma senhora bonita. 3. Os casos são muito difficeis. 4. As casas brancas são as mais bonitas. 5. O solo deste paiz é muito fertil. 6. Este professor é filho do barão e da baroneza. 7. A sola é grossa; a porta é larga, mas está fechada. 8. O professor francez está doente em uma casa perto do porto. 9. Esta professora fala inglez perfeitamente. 10. O actor casou-se aqui nesta mesma casa quando era ainda muito moço. 11. Agradeço a amabilidade. 12. O pagem foi buscar (has gone for) o mappa. IX RELATED AND UNRELATED NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX (See § 28-31, pages 34-38) +Vocabulary+ =o modo=, manner, style =a moda=, fashion =o banho=, bath =a banha=, lard =o prato=, plate =a prata=, silver =o lente=, lecturer =a lente=, lens =o capital=, capital (_money_) =a capital=, capital (_of a state_) =o cura=, curate =a cura=, cure 1. Já não é moda. 2. Este modo de escrever não convem. 3. O navio chegou ao porto hontem. 4. As portas desta casa são bem largas. 5. No caso contrario o lente voltará á capital. 6. Elle me fez presente de um prato de prata. 7. Sola grossa é que vale a pena. 8. A barra ficou completamente entupida com a grande quantidade de barro trazido pelas aguas do rio. 9. A industria da zona é a criação de gado e fabrico de queijos, porem em escala muito pequena. 10. Meu tio e minha tia estão doentes. 11. O rei e a rainha da Italia. 12. Chegou uma moça chamada Nicota com uma rapariga para criada. 13. Tal pai tal filho; tal filho tal pai. 14. O barão e a baroneza são nossos vizinhos. 15. Repartira largamente os fructos das suas conquistas. 1. The fashion has changed. 2. The port of Bahia is large and deep. 3. The case is bad. 4. Bello Horizonte is the new capital of the state of Minas Geraes. 5. The railway track was covered with mud. 6. The curate lost the lens. 7. The bath is very cold. 8. Here is the plate. 9. There is no (não ha) lard. X SUFFIXES--AUGMENTATIVES (See § 32-35, pages 38-41) +Vocabulary+ =o caixão=, big box =a caixa=,[66] little box =o dinheiro=, money =um dinheirão=, a great deal of money =o fosforo=, match =o gato=, cat =o livro=, book =a cidade=, city =a mulher=, woman =a mulherona=, big woman =com fome=, hungry (with hunger) =tenho=, I have =temos=, we have =tens=, thou hast =tendes=, you have =tem=, he (she, it) has =teem=, they have 1. Os meninos teem uma caixinha de fosforos. 2. Esta mulherona tem um gatinho pequenino. 3. O francez tem um dinheirão. 4. O caixão é muito grande. 5. A caixa está na porta da casinha. 6. Tenho um gallo pequeno e uma gallinha pequenina. 7. Temos perto da cidade uma casa com um portão. 8. Aquelle figurão é um recem-chegado. 9. Este rapagão é meu camarada. 10. Que narigão. 11. Que mulherão! 1. The man has two big boxes of matches. 2. We have a little house in the city. 3. The little book is quite pretty. 4. I have a very, very small cat. 5. The little horse is hungry. 6. The handsome woman has a beautiful little foot. 7. The little rat is in a little box. 8. There is a little house near the road. 9. These little potatoes are dear. 10. The consul is a notable and venerable man. XI DIMINUTIVES (See § 36-38, pages 41-42) +Vocabulary+ =o cachorro=, dog =o carro=, cart, wagon =o morro=, hill =o pé=, foot =o pedaço=, piece =o pinto=, little chick =o vapor=, steamer =a coitadinha=, poor little girl =a conta=, account =a lagoa=, lake =a luz=, light =a roda=, wheel 1. A criança cortou a mãozinha. 2. Um vaporzinho navega esta lagoazinha. 3. Aquelle carrinho quebrou a rodinha. 4. O cachorrinho perdeo-se no matto. 5. Ha dois morrinhos logo á entrada do porto. 6. Quem foi que matou o pintinho? 7. A luzinha do dia nascente. 8. Coitado do gatinho! 9. Pedro perdeu os livrinhos. 10. A senhorinha vai á escola sosinha. 11. O coronel era um velho robusto com grandes mãos cabelludas. 12. O baixinho é muito malcreado. 13. Como vai Joãozinho? Melhorou, mas ainda está fraquinho. 14. Sosinho alli perto da capellinha de S. Matheus. 15. Os livrinhos são bonitinhos. 16. Coitadinho! 1. My small son. 2. I have a small piece of bread. 3. The little cat and the small dog. 4. The small steamer on the little river. 5. The little hill near the road. 6. The little ducks are in the water. 7. I have bought some small fish for our dinner. 8. A little plate of rice, a little piece of meat, and a small glass of wine are enough. 9. I have a short letter from my son. XII ADJECTIVES (See § 39-41, pages 43-44) +Vocabulary+ =o chá=, tea =o estudante=, student =o leite=, milk =o marido=, husband =o pão=, bread =a lingua=, language =azul=, blue =contente=, pleased =diligente=, diligent =feio=, ugly =gosto=, I like =hoje=, to-day =mais=, more =mau=, bad =não=, not =preguiçoso=, lazy =preto=, black (man) =que=, than =rico=, rich =sempre=, always =tambem=, also =velho=, old 1.--A secca: «Quem, pela primeira vez, percorre o sertão nessa quadra, depois de longa sêcca, sente confranger-se-lhe a alma até os ultimos refólhos em face dessa inanição da vida, desse immenso holocausto da terra. É mais funebre de que um cemitério. Na cidade dos mortos as lousas estão cercadas por uma vegetação, que viça e floresce; mas aqui a vida abandona a terra, e toda essa região, que se estende por centenas de leguas, não é mais do que o vasto jazigo de uma natureza extincta e o sepulchro da propria creação. Das torrentes caudáes restam apenas os leitos estanques, onde não se percebe mais nem vestigios da agua que os assoberbava. Sábe-se que alli houve um rio pela depressão, as vezes imperceptivel, do terreno e pela areia alva e fina, que o enxurro lavou.»--+José de Alencar.+ 2. De noite todos os gatos são pardos. 3. Sou um homem chão. 4. Gosto de pão preto. XIII COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES (See § 42-46, pages 44-47) +Vocabulary+ =alto=, high =o mais alto=, the highest =bello=, handsome =a mais bella=, the handsomest { =melhor=, better =bom=, good { =optimo=, } { =o melhor=, } best, very good =agradavel=, agreeable =mais agradavel=, more agreeable =facil=, easy =os mais faceis=, the easiest (_pl._) =amavel=, amiable =o lugar=, place =feliz=, fortunate =o mais feliz=, the most fortunate =grande=, great { =maior=, greater { =maiorzinho=, a little bit greater =civilizado=, civilized =visto=, seen 1. O morro alto é mais agradavel. 2. Os homens mais agradaveis. 3. É mais facil ficar aqui. 4. Meu amigo é o homem mais feliz que conheço. 5. Melhor o dia, melhor o serviço. 6. As nações mais civilizadas do mundo. 7. É o lugar mais agradavel que tenho visto. 8. As senhoras mais bellas não são sempre as mais agradaveis. 9. É lindissima a cidade vista de noite do alto da serra. 10. O clima é pessimo; é o peior que conheço. 11. O ultimo anno deste celeberrimo poeta. 12. Este paiz é um dos mais civilizados do mundo. 13. O governador falou com a maior affabilidade. 14. Desejo uma casaca de panno mais fino, e um pouco mais escuro. 15. Não ha a minima duvida. 16. Devia morrer mais cedo do que eu proprio imaginára. 17. A lingua portugueza é riquissima. XIV NUMERALS (See § 55-64, pages 50-55) +Vocabulary+ =o anno=, the year =o mez=, the month =o dia=, the day =o minuto=, the minute =o seculo=, the century =o trabalho=, the work =o quarto=, the room =a independencia=, independence =a semana=, the week =a noite=, the night =a hora=, the hour =a sala=, the hall =a janella=, the window =um milreis=, one milreis =um conto de reis=, one conto of reis (_one thousand milreis_) =são=, there are (it is) =quanto=, how much =custou=, it cost =meu= (_m._), =minha= (_f._), } =meus= (_pl._), =minhas= (_pl._), } my =seu= (_m._), =sua= (_f._), } your, his, her, =seus= (_pl._), =suas= (_pl._), } its, their =Junho=, June =Novembro=, November =Setembro= (_m._), September =Março=, March 1. Que horas são? São tres e meia; não quatro horas e vinte minutos. 2. Hoje é sete de Setembro, o dia de independencia. 3. A semana tem sete dias e outras tantas noites, e o anno tem trezentos e sesenta e cinco dias. 4. O seculo tem cem annos. 5. Minha casa tem duas salas e seis quartos, e custou oito contos duzentos e quinze milreis. 6. Quanto custou seu livrinho? 7. Custou um milreis; mas custou treze dias de trabalho tambem. 8. Trinta dias tem Novembro Abril, Junho e Setembro; Vinte e oito só tem um, E os demais tem trinta e um. 9. O dia sete de Setembro de mil nove centos e dez é dia de independencia nacional do Brasil. XV PERSONAL PRONOUNS (See § 65-75, pages 56-61) +Vocabulary+ =amar=, to love =dar=, to give =falar=, to speak =gostar=, to like =querer=, to wish =trabalhar=, to work =amo=, I love =amas=, thou lovest =ama=, he, she, it loves =amamos=, we love =amaes=, ye love =amam=, they love =dou=, I give =das=, thou givest =da=, he, she, it gives =devagar=, slowly =mais=, more =de mais=, too much =menos=, less =de menos=, too little =a senhoria=, lordship =a agua=, water =o conselho=, advice =a ave=, bird =a mercê=, mercy =comtigo=, with thee =a excellencia=, excellency 1. Elle fala commigo. 2. Eu trabalho, mas elle fala. 3. Gostas de pão? 4. Não lhe dou dinheiro. 5. Elle perseguia as aves; eu perseguia-o a elle. 6. O senhor fala devagar. 7. A minha familia chama-me poeta; os visinhos chamam-me tolo. 8. Agradeço-lh’a, e afago-a. 9. Ella gosta de falar comtigo. 10. Dou-lhe este conselho. 11. A Senhora gosta de me dar conselho. 12. Vossa Excellencia me da conselhos de mais. 13. Disse-lhe o meu nome. O padre repetiu-o tres vezes. 14. Vossa Senhoria não a ama. 15. Entre mim e elle não ha questão. 16. Elle da-lhes um conto de reis. 17. Tres delles estão commigo. 18. Não posso ve-lo. 19. Elle não o sabia; o trovador não as via. XVI POSSESSIVES (See § 76-83, pages 61-62) +Vocabulary+ =o soldado=, soldier =o parente=, relative =o vizinho=, neighbor =o general=, general =a loja=, shop =o advogado=, lawyer =a ordem=, order =barato=, cheap =caro=, dear =porem=, but, however =pronto=, ready =dizer=, to say { =dizemos=, we say =digo=, I say { =digamos=, let us say =dizes=, thou sayest =dizeis=, you _or_ ye say =diz=, he _or_ she says =dizem=, they say 1. Meu caro amigo diz que a casa d’elle é minha, é sua, é nossa. 2. Meus livros e meus cavallos estão ás suas ordens. 3. Meu caro filho, tua casa é grande de mais, porem é boa. 4. Dizem que meu cavallo é caro, mas que seu é mais barato. 5. Dizem me que os meus vizinhos são vossos bons amigos. 6. O general diz que os seus soldados estão prontos. 7. Digo que não. 8. Meu advogado perdeu a causa. 9. Minha filha diz que vai buscar o seu chapeo. 10. Minhas irmãs dizem que os seus parentes são ricos. 11. Como está, meu amigo? 12. Sua Majestade é meu amigo. 13. Estou aqui ás suas ordens. 1. My neighbor says his house is yours. 2. This shop is at your orders. 3. Your friends are mine. 4. You say that my friends and neighbors are yours. 5. All your books and all of hers are ours. 6. My house is very small, but it is at your orders. 7. Our customs are different from yours. XVII DEMONSTRATIVES (See § 84-94, pages 63-65) +Vocabulary+ =o irmão=, brother =a fruta=, fruit =forte=, strong =o pobre=, poor man =cego=, blind =o cego=, blind man =a cega=, blind woman =bater=, to knock =convem=, it suits (_impersonal verb_) =servir=, to serve =a tinta=, ink =a penna=, pen =o emprego=, employment 1. Vinte dias e outras tantas noites seguiu-o de longe, até o ver sumir-se nas ruas tortuosas e escuras do coração da cidade. 2. Este homem e as filhas d’elle são pobres. 3. Aquelle moço é cego. 4. Essa mulher é uma cega pobre. 5. Ella é uma pobre cega. 6. Disto não gosto. 7. Estas frutas não são boas. 8. Estes soldados são mais fortes que aquelles pobres cegos. 9. Isto não me convem. 10. Aquella tinta e esta penna não servem para escrever a carta. 11. O nome unico por que chamou foi o de seu filho. 12. Fulano diz que é a mesmissima coisa. 13. Não gosto disto. 14. Este senhor é o autor deste livro. 1. This poor boy is blind. 2. That blind woman is poor. 3. This blind man is stronger than his brother. 4. This dog is stronger than that one. 5. These books are better than those. 6. There is no such person here. 7. At this place and at this moment it is not possible. 8. This occasion is best. 9. Take these chairs away. 10. Those poor men have no employment. XVIII INTERROGATIVES (See § 95, page 65) +Vocabulary+ =o rumo=, bearing, direction =o caminho=, road =a mala=, trunk, suit case =a rua=, street =a opinião=, opinion =curto=, short =para=, for (to) 1. Qual é o caminho para a cidade? 2. Quem falla? Sou eu, seu amigo. 3. Que tem no caixão? 4. Quem é? 5. Qual d’elles é o mais prudente? 6. Qual é a sua opinião? 7. Em que rua é a sua casa? 8. Qual é o caminho mais curto? 9. Quem bate? 10. Quem sabe não sou eu. 11. Quaes são minhas malas? 12. Quem foi que deixou a porta aberta? 13. Seja quem for, não convem. 14. Quaes são as nossas cadeiras? 15. Qual é o meu chapeo? 16. Que pena! Que vergonha! 17. Quem lhe disse? 18. Que horas são? 1. Which is the road to your house? 2. What is it you say? 3. Who is it speaking (who speaks)? 4. I am the one who is speaking (who speaks is I). 5. In which direction is the city from here? 6. Who knows? 7. Which are the best fruits? 8. Who was it that took away my pen? 9. Who is that knocking? 10. Which of these three chairs is mine? 11. What time is it? 12. Who is the owner of this house? 13. Who knows? 14. Which of the two is the better one? 15. What a pity! 16. In this case I cannot go. 17. This employment does not suit me. 18. It is hard to believe what I saw. 19. It was in this river that he was drowned. XIX RELATIVES (See § 96-99, page 66) +Vocabulary+ =o dono=, owner =saber=, to know =sei=, I know =sabes=, thou knowest =sabe=, he knows =sabemos=, we know =sabeis=, ye know =sabem=, they know =a certeza=, certainty =a instrucção=, instruction =possivel=, possible =ha=, is (_impersonal 3d sing._ =haver=) =com=, with =quem=, who =livre=, free =verdadeiramente=, truly =sem=, without 1. O que digo é que não é possivel. 2. Não sei quem é o dono desta casa. 3. O senhor sabe de quem é este livro? 4. Não sei com certeza. 5. O livro que tem é o melhor que ha. 6. Instrucção, sem a qual o homem não será jamais verdadeiramente livre. 7. Quem tudo quer tudo perde. 8. Que é isso? 9. Os que falam. 10. Quem bem semeia, bem colhe. 11. Quem diz o que quer, ouve o que não quer. 12. Quem sabe qual é a loja? 13. Tal foi o sonho do futuro que o Senhor me enviou n’uma noite de agonia. 14. Que é a caixa economica, essa arvore que produz taes frutos de benção? 15. Os mais bellos são os que vêm do estado da Bahia. 1. You do not know which is the best road. 2. It is not possible to say with certainty. 3. I do not know whose house that is. 4. The books which I have are the best. 5. A man whom I esteem. 6. With whom are you talking? 7. Whose house is that? 8. He who has most wants most. XX INDEFINITES (See § 100-102, pages 67-69) +Vocabulary+ =o mundo=, world =o presente=, present =o espaço=, space, room =a cousa=, } thing _or_ =coisa=, } =desejar=, to desire =ter=, to have =a verdade=, truth =qual=, which =qualquer=, either =o senhor=, sir, gentleman =nada=, nothing =algum -uma=, some 1. Alguem lhe deu este presente. 2. O senhor tem alguma cousa boa? 3. Não tenho nada, e não desejo nada. 4. Sem dizer nada. 5. Algumas das de que fala tem muito pouco espaço. 6. Cada um tem a sua opinião. 7. Quaes destas tres quer? 8. Qualquer dellas; não sei qual é a melhor. 9. Não quero nenhum. 10. Tudo está muito bom. 11. Gosto deste mais que nenhum outro. 12. Uns dizem que sim; outros que não. 13. Ninguem sabe qual é a verdade. 14. Traga alguma cousa para comer em quanto estou escrevendo umas cartas. 1. No one knows which is the shortest road. 2. Each one has his own opinion. 3. All the world knows that no man is prudent. 4. I know nothing about this. 5. Either one of these books is good. 6. You know more than any one else. 7. I don’t want either the one or the other. 8. Whoever it may be he cannot enter here. 9. Much obliged. Not at all. 10. I want to get there as soon as possible. 11. We shall be there in a little while. XXI REGULAR VERBS (See § 103-107, pages 69-75) +Vocabulary+ =achar=, to find =andar=, to walk =atirar=, to shoot =bolir=, to disturb =cantar=, to sing =comer=, to eat =deixar=, to leave =destruir=, to destroy =durar=, to last =encher=, to fill =entrar=, to enter =esquecer=, to forget =estudar=, to study =ficar=, to remain =mudar=, to change =partir=, to depart =responder=, to reply =unir=, to unite =vender=, to sell =o altar=, altar =o maribondo=, wasp =o tempero=, seasoning (_of food_) =a cabeça=, head =a romaria=, pilgrimage =a reliquia=, relic 1. Falo como parto. 2. Falo, como, e parto. 3. Elle fala, come, e parte. 4. Ella cantava, respondia, partia. 5. Achou, vendeu, uniu. 6. Estudarei, encherei, bulirei. 7. Ficariamos, encheriamos. 8. Duraram, responderem, uniram. 9. Mude, encha, bula. 10. Andasse, enchesse, bulisse. 11. Entra, come, parte. 12. Deixando, vendando, destruindo. 13. Mudada, esquecida, unida. 14. Falar sem pensar é atirar sem apontar. 15. Elle anda com a cabeça inchada (_slang_). 16. Fiquei mais morto que vivo (cançado). 17. Não bule com casa de maribondos. 18. Gallinha gorda não precisa tempero. XXII REGULAR VERBS WITH ORTHOGRAPHIC AND PHONETIC CHANGES (See § 108, pages 75-76) +Vocabulary+ =abranger=, to contain =agradecer=, to thank =arrancar=, to pull out, up =attingir=, to attain =attracar=, to make fast =balançar=, to balance =brincar=, to play =cançar=, to tire =distinguir=, to distinguish =eleger=, to elect =emmagrecer=, to grow thin =empallidecer=, to turn pale =empecer=, to hinder =entregar=, to deliver =erguer=, to raise =fincar=, to drive in =fingir=, to pretend =fugir=, to flee =jogar=, to play, throw =lançar=, to throw =pedir=, to request =pregar=, to nail =rasgar=, to tear =rogar=, to ask =salgar=, to salt =valer=, to value, to be worth =a demissão=, dismissal =a esmola=, charity =a manha=, habit, whim 1. fiquei, fique, finquei, finque; brinquei, brinque. 2. entreguei, entregue; roguei, rogue, joguei, jogue. 3. elejo, eleja, elejas; abranjo, abranja. 4. attinjo, attinja; finjo, finja, fujo, fuja. 5. ergo; distingo; lancei, lance; cancei, cance; balancei, balance. 6. agradeço, agradeça; emmagreço, emmagreça; empallideço, empallideça; empeço, empeça. 7. foge, cobre, sobe; durmo, sigo, sirvo. 8. Pedi minha demissão e segui caminho. 9. O cavallo fugiu a noite passada. 10. Uma esmola pelo amor de Deus. XXIII THE AUXILIARY VERBS (See § 109, pages 76-81) +Vocabulary+ =o sul=, south =o norte=, north =o dever=, duty =o olho=, eye =o caminho=, road =o serviço=, service =a opinião=, opinion =a viagem=, voyage, trip =a febre=, fever =satisfeito=, satisfied =já=, at once =enjoado=, seasick =ter=, to have =haver=, } =ser=, } to be =estar=, } =aguentar=, to endure =acabar=, to finish =embarcar=, to embark =seguir=, to follow =seguir viagem=, to go forward 1. Tenho feito meu dever. 2. Tendo acabado o serviço, segui viagem. 3. O nosso amigo está para embarcar já. 4. Não ha quem possa aguentar este serviço. 5. Sou norte-americano, vou embarcar para a America do Sul. 6. Estou cansado; sou cego de um olho. 7. O que é que tem feito aqui todo o dia? 8. Sou de opinião que não ha caminho. 9. Tenho estado muito satisfeito com esta viagem. 10. Como tem passado estes dois dias? 11. Está clara que elle não é nem portuguez nem brasileiro; pode ser (que seja) inglez. 1. He was much pleased with the trip to the mines. 2. We have done everything possible. 3. I am a blind man. 4. I am seasick. 5. I am Brazilian consul at Philadelphia. 6. I have to go aboard the steamer to-morrow at ten o’clock sharp. 7. I have to write some letters before embarking. 8. There was a terrible storm the next day. XXIV IRREGULAR VERBS (See § 110-113, pages 81-88) +Vocabulary+ =o azeite=, oil =o assucar=, sugar =a carne=, meat =a batata=, potato =a garrafa=, bottle =a lata=, tin can =a pena=, trouble =caber=, to hold =prestar=, to lend 1. Digo que não. 2. Dou o que tenho. 3. Dei dinheiro ao cego que pidiu uma esmola. 4. Creio que a agua não cabe na garrafa. 5. Faço todo o possivel, mas não posso fazer isto. 6. Pode vir quando quizer; o que pediu está feito. 7. Sei que puz o chapeo aqui na mesa; vai busca-lo. 8. Roupa feita quasi nunca presta. 9. Não quero saber d’isto; vou pedir minha demissão. 10. Vejo que não vale a pena ir la hoje. 11. Trouxeram o que pedi: carne, batatas e uma garrafa de azeite. 12. Vim pela estrada nova; voltarei pela picada velha. 13. Fui, irei, ia, fora, indo, vão. 14. Venho, rio, ouço, peço, redimo, vou, meço, tenho, valho, vejo, trago, quero, sei, ponho, perco, faço, estou, digo, caibo, dou. 15. Dei, coube, disse, estive, fui, fiz, houve, pude, pus, prouve, quiz, soube, tive, trouxe, vi, ouvi, pedi. 16. Dize-me com quem andas, dir-te-hei as manhas que tens. 17. Cada um sabe o que lhe convem. 18. Vou ver si este assucar cabe naquella lata. 19. Em terra de cegos quem tem um olho é rei. 20. Não ha rosa sem espinhos, nem amores sem ciumes. 21. O amor vae-se, a amisade fica. 22. Quem tem officio não morre de fome. XXV VARIABLE PARTICIPLES (See § 114-118, pages 88-90) +Vocabulary+ =o convite=, invitation =o jogo=, game =o prazer=, pleasure =o sol=, sun =o vulcão=, volcano =a facada=, knife cut =a machina=, machine =a palha=, straw =a roupa=, clothes =a telha=, tile =limpo=, clean =quatro=, four =torto=, crooked =acceitar=, to accept =accender=, to set fire, light =enxugar=, to dry =frigir=, to fry =ganhar=, to gain =imprimir=, to print =limpar=, to clean =matar=, to kill =pagar=, to pay =soltar=, to loose =torcer=, to twist 1. Este é um negocio torto. 2. As ruas desta cidade estão bem limpas. 3. As ruas são limpas por uma machina de quatro rodas. 4. O convite foi acceito com muito prazer. 5. A roupa foi logo enxugada no sol. 6. O dinheiro foi ganho no jogo. 7. O soldado foi morto por uma facada. 8. A conta ja está paga. 9. Os cavallos forão soltos pelo camarada. 10. O livro foi impresso no Rio de Janeiro. 11. Mande trazer uns ovos fritos. 12. A nova edição dos Lusiadas foi correcta e dada a luz por Paulino de Souza no anno mil oito centos e setenta e tres. 13. O relogio tinha dado onze pancadas. 1. Is the house covered with straw or with tiles? 2. Do you like eggs fried? 3. This book was printed in Lisbon. 4. He was elected federal deputy two years ago. 5. I was arrested in a village of Alagoas. 6. The money was spent. 7. The candle is lit; the account is paid. XXVI DEFECTIVE VERBS; SUBJECTS OF VERBS (See § 119, page 91) +Vocabulary+ =o algodão=, cotton =o animal=, animal =o patriota=, patriot =a felicidade=, happiness =a cabra=, goat =a perspectiva=, prospect =a secca=, drought =as trevas= (_pl. only_), darkness =mortal=, _pl._ =mortaes=, mortal =chegar=, to arrive =marcar=, to mark, set =jazer=, to lie (down) =planter=, to plant =poder=, to be able, can =prazer=, to please =tratar=, to care for =apenas=, merely =denso -a=, dense =outro=, other =quão=, how =se=, if (_sometimes written_ =si=) 1. Nem homem, nem boi, nem cabra pode aguentar a secca. 2. Tratar animaes, e plantar algodão é o forte deste homem. 3. Chegou um e outro. 4. Se a luz que ha em ti são trevas, quão densas são as trevas. 5. Um e outro chegou no dia marcado. 6. Aqui jazem os restos mortaes de um patriota. 7. Praz a Deus. 8. Aqui jaz o corpo apenas do Marquez de Maricá. 9. Tanto a vida como a morte offereciam uma perspectiva de felicidade. 10. Bem diverso era Rosas. As suas paixões flammejavam á luz do sol no pampa vasto. Accessivel, ardente, emprehendedor, cubiçoso de estima, sua influencia começou a se fundar pela energia da sua iniciativa e pelo brilho das suas acções. 11. So restava para o camareiro o morrer, e para sua senhoria o ir deitar-se. 12. Deus perdôe a quem me torceu a vocação. 13. Ir a pé não me convem. XXVII IMPERSONAL VERBS (See § 121, pages 93-94) +Vocabulary+ =o bacalháu=, codfish =o queijo=, cheese =o sal=, salt =a libra=, pound =a pimenta=, pepper =bastar=, to suffice =esterlina=, sterling =fora=, outside =frio -a=, cold 1. Fez frio esta noite. 2. Anoitece; chove; troveja. 3. Ha quem sabe (_or_ saiba). 4. Não ha remedio. 5. Seja como for. 6. Pode ser que haja. 7. Não faz mal. 8. Acconteceu que choveu naquelle dia. 9. Não convem fazer isto; não me convem. 10. Não me importa. 11. Parece que não vale a pena. 12. É facil saber se é verdade. 13. Faz muito calor aqui ao sol. 14. Parece me que é melhor ficar aqui. 15. Quem me dera que fosse assim. 16. Não chega a ter vinte libras esterlinas. 17. Basta um pouco de bacalháu, uns ovos fritos, sal, pimenta e queijo. 18. Não ha leite para o café. 19. Custa a crer que não haja vinho; esta agua não chega. 1. They say that it is cold outside there. 2. It is raining and blowing. 3. No matter, let us go take a walk. 4. It is a week to-day since I had a walk. 5. It is not necessary. 6. It is easy to travel by steamer. 7. There is no help for it. 8. There is no doubt about it. 9. It is not worth while. 10. It rained all night. 11. It is very hot here in the sun. 12. No matter; there is no help for it. 13. That will do. 14. They say it is raining, but I do not care. XXVIII OBJECTS OF VERBS; SPECIAL USES (See § 123-124, pages 96-98) +Vocabulary+ =o calor=, heat =o cavallo=, horse =o ladrão=, thief =o lobo=, the wolf =o negociante=, merchant =o peixe=, fish =o poeta=, poet =o tributo=, tribute =a admiração=, admiration =a historia=, story =a patria=, native land =a rã=, frog =amar=, to love =cobrir=, to cover =contar=, to tell, recount =enfraquecer=, to grow weak =engolir=, to swallow =jantar=, to dine =pegar=, to catch =pintar=, to paint =principiar=, to begin =sentir=, to feel =assim=, thus, so =realmente=, genuinely 1. Um ladrão matou ao negociante. 2. O peixe engoliu a rã; á rã engoliu o peixe; ao peixe engoliu a rã. 3. Elle principiou a falar. 4. Pegáram me o chapeo. 5. Principiou a cantar. 6. Acabei de jantar. 7. Aquelle moço anda a contar historias. 8. O dono mandou pegar os cavallos. 9. A casa está coberta de telhas e pintada de branco. 10. Sintome enfraquecido pelo calor. 11. Assim cada portuguez que ama realmente a sua patria deve um tributo de reconhecimento e de admiração ao poeta. 12. Uma febre violenta o sustentava. 13. Judas abraçou a Christo, mas outros o prenderam. 14. A guerra que declaramos aos outros nos gasta e consome a nós mesmos. 1. John visited Sr. Rabello and his wife. 2. The dog followed the wolf; the wolf followed the dog. 3. When did you begin to speak Portuguese? 4. Pedro saw a tiger leave the woods. XXIX PERIPHRASTIC VERB-PHRASES (See § 125, pages 98-99) +Vocabulary+ =o barulho=, noise =o dinheiro=, money =o martello=, hammer =o mato=, forest =o medico=, physician =o tempo=, time =a arma=, (fire)arm =a cruzada=, crusade =a legua=, league =accordar=, to wake =arrojar=, to drag =buscar=, to fetch =corrigir=, to correct =fazer=, to do, make =gastar=, to spend =ler=, to read =mandar=, to order =perder=, to lose =soffrer=, to suffer =cuidadosamente=, carefully 1. Tenho andado uma legua a pé. 2. Elle tem feito tudo o possivel. 3. Elle tem soffrido. 4. Mande buscar um martello. 5. É de crer que o tempo ha de mudar-se. 6. O nosso tio andou perdido no matto. 7. A conta foi paga pelo medico. 8. O nosso dinheiro foi gasto na viagem. 9. Vamos chegando. 10. Fica sabendo que a coisa ja está feita. 11. A primeira cruzada tinha arrojado para a Syria cem mil homens d’armas. 12. O poema foi lido e cuidadosamente corrigido seis vezes. 13. Deus tinha contado os seus dias. 14. A lingua tupi foi modernamente estudada por Baptista Caetano. 1. I have been impressed by his book. 2. He was awakened by the noise. 3. We ordered the horses brought. 4. Our friend is still speaking. 5. Where did you leave your hat? 6. I have left it on a chair on deck. 7. I am doing what they ordered. 8. I know that I shall not go there to-day. XXX REFLEXIVE VERBS (See § 126, pages 99-100) +Vocabulary+ =o bilhete=, ticket =o devedor=, debtor =o engenheiro=, engineer =o favor=, favor =o principe=, prince =o supplicante=, petitioner =a dôr=, pain =a rua=, street =incommodado=, put out =abrir=, to open =alugar=, to rent =calar=, to hush =chamar=, to call =comprar=, to buy =decidir=, to decide =deitar=, to lie down =despedir=, to take leave =morrer=, to die =queixar=, to complain =retirar=, to retire 1. Elle está se queixando. 2. Cala-te, menino. 3. Vou despedir-me de meus amigos. 4. Vá-se embora; vá se deitar. 5. Parece-me que é melhor retirar-se. 6. Depois elle arrependeu-se. 7. A casa queimou-se. 8. Aluga-se uma casa nesta rua. 9. Achou-se muito incommodado com este negocio. 10. Não se sabe donde vem. 11. A porta abriu-se, e o principe appareceu. 12. Como se chama este cachorro? 13. Eu me chamo José. 14. Os bilhetes compram-se nesta casa. 15. Decidiu-se o caso a favor do supplicante. 16. Elles morreram acreditando-se os devedores. 17. Podem se resumir em poucas palavras as medidas propostas pelo sr. engenheiro. 18. As viagens em boa companhia fazem-se rapidamente. 1. Go away and do not return again. 2. The case cannot be decided to-day. 3. A horse was bought. 4. It is not known where he lives. 5. Know that it is I who am speaking. 6. I ordered breakfast prepared, and immediately afterwards we left. 7. You may retire; I want to take my leave of the prince. XXXI IMPERATIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE, INDICATIVE, AND PERSONAL INFINITIVE (See § 127-133, pages 100-102) +Vocabulary+ =o caipira=, backwoodsman =o zelo=, zeal =a chuva=, rain =a duvida=, doubt =a esperança=, hope =Deus=, God =amanhã=, to-morrow =ca=, here =depressa=, quickly =embora=, away =dialogar=, to converse =permittir=, to permit =proteger=, to protect =pugnar=, to fight =trazer=, to fetch =vir=, to come =voltar=, to return =nenhum -uma=, no, none =prompto= _or_ =pronto=, ready =talvez=, perhaps 1. Não fale tão alto. 2. Traze o meu chapeo depressa. 3. Não deve andar na chuva sem guarda-chuva. 4. Va buscar o livro. 5. Venha ca, meu filho. 6. Va-se embora. 7. Dize-lhe que não venha sinão amanhã. 8. Quem sabe si elle vai ou si não vai. 9. Elle vai; não ha duvida nenhuma. 10. Talvez esteja aqui. 11. Ficamos contentes por acharmos tudo prompto. 12. «Não permitta Deus que eu morra sem que eu volte para lá.» 13. Julio oviu dois caipiras dialogarem sob a janella do seu quarto. 1. Don’t say that. 2. Fetch me a glass of water. 3. Go fetch my hat. 4. Who knows where it is? 5. Perhaps it is in the dining-room. 6. I don’t know whether I shall ever come back again. 7. No one knows better than I do. 8. Let’s go. XXXII ADVERBS (See § 134-135, pages 103-107) +Vocabulary+ =a bondade=, kindness =a palavra=, word =adiar=, to postpone =adoecer=, to become ill =possuir=, to possess =trovejar=, to thunder =baixo=, low =depois=, afterward =donde=, whence =logo=, at once =onde=, where =positivo=, positive =senão=, except 1. De vez em quando vi uma luz, mas só de longe. 2. D’aqui a pouco vou me embora. 3. Logo depois partiu a cavallo. 4. Não ha quem possa aguentar essa viagem. 5. Sim, senhor, creio que sim; não ha duvida. 6. Elle não diz senão poucas palavras. 7. Tenha a bondade de falar mais baixo. 8. Antes de partir elle adoeceu, de modo que foi preciso adiar a viagem uns vinte dias, mais ou menos. 9. Trovejou de vez em quando. 10. Venha cá, João; deixe o chapeo ahi na mesa. 11. Donde vem e para onde vai. 12. Não possuo no em tanto dado algum positivo a este respeito. 13. O chão que pisas, a cada instante te offerece a cova. Pisemos de vagar. 14. Conheço-o por dentro e por fora. 15. O cavalleiro caiu de chofre na realidade. 1. He arrived in the night. 2. I never saw and I never hope to see such an animal. 3. I know neither the one nor the other. 4. You speak much better than he. 5. Please speak lower; please speak louder. 6. Severino made a trip around Brazil. 7. There is neither bread nor water. 8. Nowadays it is better to buy cheap and sell dear. XXXIII NEGATION AND INTERROGATION (See § 136-138, pages 107-108) +Vocabulary+ =o ferro=, iron =o lapis=, pencil =o negocio=, business =o senador=, senator =o trem=, train =o volume=, volume =a bibliotheca=, library =a botina=, boot =a estrada=, road =a população=, population =a estrada de ferro=, railway =calçar=, to put on (_shoes, socks, etc._) =crer=, to believe =conhecer=, to be acquainted with =comprido=, long =nacional=, national =pois não=, certainly 1. Não posso calçar esta botina. 2. Nem um nem outro chegou neste trem. 3. Nunca vi aquelle senador. 4. Queira ter a bondade de passar o pão. 5. Pois não. 6. Não tenho nada com este negocio. 7. Não vou la mais não. 8. Não conheço nem um nem outro. 9. Não lhe disse quasi nada. 10. Não sei não, senhor. 11. Qual é a estrada de ferro mais comprida do Brasil? 12. A informação é que não mata a honra de ninguem. 13. Elle não diz sinão poucas palavras. 14. Não vivo sinão para ti. 15. Que é isso? 16. Não tem nada; não ha novidade. 17. Qual delles é o melhor? 1. Whose pencil is this? 2. I don’t know; I am not acquainted with any one here. 3. I know nothing about this business. 4. What is the population of Pernambuco? 5. Nobody knows. 6. I never was there; I never saw the place. 7. Which is the largest and most important city in the country? 8. Is this your book? 9. No, sir, it is not. 10. Where is it then? I do not know. XXXIV PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS (See § 139-145, pages 108-114) +Vocabulary+ =o deputado=, deputy =o meio=, middle =o pai=, father =os pais=, parents =a baroneza=, baroness =a bota=, boot =a camada=, layer, bed =a carta=, letter =a confiança=, confidence =a educação=, education =a mica=, mica =a povoação=, village =a região=, region =a rocha=, rock =a seda=, silk =disseminar=, to scatter =viajar=, to travel =apezar=, in spite of =capaz=, capable, likely =digno=, worthy =povoado=, peopled (_pp. of_ =povoar=) =responsavel=, responsible 1. O deputado é homem digno de toda a confiança, mas está doente de uma febre. 2. A serra fica umas vinte leguas distante da villa. 3. É facil de ver que aquelle cavallo que é cego de um olho é capaz de morrer no meio do caminho. 4. A baroneza estava vestida de seda preta. 5. D’aqui a um pouco estamos lá. 6. Não posso ser responsavel pela educação de seu filho. 7. Aquella região é povoada pelos indios bravos. 8. Tenho noticias delle de vez em quando. 9. Estou muito cansado de maneira que não devo viajar hoje. 10. Depois que escrevi a carta, montei a cavallo e fui á villa apesar de estar muito doente. 11. A povoação fica distante d’aqui umas vinte duas leguas ou mais. 1. It is easy to see that he is likely to run away. 2. He is at present busy with writing letters. 3. This young man is still dependent upon his parents. 4. He is likely to die of hunger. XXXV ABBREVIATIONS (See § 147, pages 115-116) +Vocabulary+ =o barão=, baron =o bispo=, bishop =o collega=, colleague =o cardeal=, cardinal =o collarinho=, collar =o criado=, servant =o director=, director =o papa=, pope =o par=, pair =o sentido=, sense, meaning =as calças=, trousers =a camisa=, shirt =a companhia=, company =a excellencia=, excellency =a meia=, stocking (_abbreviation of_ =meia-calça=) =a navegação=, navigator =ignorar=, to be ignorant =affectuoso=, affectionate =directamente=, directly =humilde=, humble =la=, there =obrigado=, obliged =reverendo=, reverend =São=, } Saint =Santo=, } 1. De S. Felix fui directamente a S. Paulo, e de la a Sta. Clara pela E. F. 2. Illmo. Exmo. Sr. Dr. Antᵒ José dos Santos Pinheiro, M. D. Director da Cⁱᵃ de Navegação. 3. De V. Exᵃ, Amᵒ e crᵈᵒ obdᵒ. 4. Exᵐᵒ e Revᵐᵒ Sr. D. Antonio de Macedo Costa, Digᵐᵒ Bispo do Pará. 5. Collega, amᵒ affᵒ e humᵉ servo em J. C. 6. Illᵐᵒ e Exᵐᵒ Snr., V. Exᵃ não ignora que em 8bro. p.p. veio a Roma o Snr. Barão de Penedo. 7. Deus guarde a V. Exᵃ. 8. Falle V. Sᵃ ao Papa e ao Cardeal A. n’este sentido. 9. A S. M. I., D. Pedro II., O. D. C. o autor. 10. No caso que V. S. esteja com fome. 11. Não tenho nada que não esteja ás ordens de V. Exᵃ. XXXVI SIMILARITY OF WORDS (See § 145, page 113) _For vocabulary see pages 117-118._ 1. Como fosse notorio e vulgar o amor de Alvaro a Leonor --. 2. Elle foi nomeado director do collegio. 3. Esta casa é muito ordinaria, e tem as janellas estreitas. 4. O pai delle é meu parente. 5. Pinheiro tirou a sorte grande na loteria do estado. 6. O alumno assistiu ao espectaculo no dia seguinte. 7. Ascenda a luz e arme minha rede ahi perto da mesa. 8. Quero partir ás quatro horas de madrugada. 9. O artista vendeu as acções conforme o regimento da companhia. 10. Fiquei admirado e desapontado com este negocio. 11. Estamos apreciando a musica. 12. Nossa petição foi deferida pelo ministro. 13. Durou o espectaculo a noite inteira. 14. Apanhei uma constipação no sereno. 15. Tirou uma photographia do gado demandando Goyaz. 16. O parente delle acordou tarde. 17. O caso não é de minha competencia. 18. A casa real de Portugal. 19. Partiu de madrugada pelo vapor á hora marcada. 20. Fica combinado que reuniremos nesta casa particular. 21. Correu a fama a contar os successos pelas mil boccas da defamação. FOOTNOTES: [64] The student is warned against supposing that words ending alike are always accented alike. [65] In the remaining vocabularies the definite article is placed before the nouns to indicate the gender, but it is not repeated in the English translation. [66] Moraes says that =caixa= is longer than wide and that it is called =caixa= when full, and =caixão= when empty. XXXVII EXAMPLES OF STYLE The following are examples of the styles of several of the best writers of Portuguese. The literary form of the Portuguese of the Bible differs in some essential respects from the language used in every-day life just as it does in English. The following from a late translation of the New Testament will serve as an example. THE NEW TESTAMENT «Os Santos Evangelhos e o livro dos actos dos Apostolos, Versão fiel do original Grego» [Rio de Janeiro, 1907] S. Matheus, vi. 1-23. Matthew, vi. 1-23. «Guardae-vos de fazer as vossas boas obras deante dos homens, para serdes vistos por elles; de outra sorte não tendes recompensa junto de vosso Pae que está nos céos. Quando, pois, deres esmola, não faças tocar a trombeta deante de ti, como fazem os hypocritas nas synagogas e nas ruas, para serem honrados dos homens; em verdade vos digo que já receberam a sua recompensa. Tu porém, quando deres esmolas, não saiba a tua mão esquerda o que faz a tua direita, para que a tua esmola fique em secreto; e teu Pae que vê em secreto, te retribuirá. Quando orardes, não sejaes como os hypocritas; porque elles gostam de orar em pé nas synagogas e nos cantos das ruas, para serem vistos dos homens; em verdade vos digo que já receberam a sua recompensa. Tu, porém, quando orares, entra no teu quarto e, fechada a porta, ora a teu Pae que está em secreto; e teu Pae que vê em secreto, te retribuirá. Quando orares, não useis de repetições desnecessarias como os Gentios; porque pensam que pelo seu muito falar serão ouvidos. Não sejaes, pois, como elles; porque vosso Pae sabe o que vos é necessario antes que lh’o peçaes. Orae, portanto, deste mode: Pae nosso que estás nos céos; sanctificado seja o teu nome; venha o teu reino; seja feita a tua vontade, assim na terra como no céo. O pão nosso de cada dia nos dá hoje; e perdoa-nos as nossas dividas, assim como nós tambem perdoamos aos nossos devedores; e não nos deixes cahir em tentação, mas livra-nos do mal. Porque se perdoardes aos homens as suas offensas, tembem vosso Pae celestial vos perdoará; mas se não perdoardes aos homens, tão pouco vosso Pae perdoará, as vossas offensas. Quando jejuardes, não tomeis um ar triste como os hypocritas; porque elles desfiguram os seus rostos para fazer ver aos homens que elles estão jejuando; em verdade vos digo que já receberam a sua recompensa. Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a cabeça e lava o rosto para não mostrar aos homens que jejuas, mas sómente a teu Pae que está em secreto; e teu Pae que vê em secreto, te retribuirá. Não ajunteis para vós thesouros na terra, onde a traça e a ferrugem os consomem, e onde os ladrões penetram e roubam; mas ajuntae para vós thesouros no céo, onde nem a traça nem a ferrugem os consomem, e onde os ladrões não penetram nem roubam; porque onde estiver o teu thesouro, ahi estará tambem o teu coração. Os olhos são a luz do corpo. Se elles, pois forem simples, todo o corpo será luminoso; mas se forem maus, todo o teu corpo ficará ás escuras. Se, portanto, a luz que ha em ti, são trevas; quão densas são as trevas!» XXXVIII _Alexandre Herculano_ (1810-1877) is a distinguished Portuguese poet, historian, and novelist. The first edition of his classic “Historia de Portugal” was published in 1846. The following extracts are from the 6th edition of that work printed at Lisbon in 1901. (_The First Crusade._ Vol. I, p. 199.) «Um grande acontecimento, cujas consequencias foram immensas para o progresso da civilisação, preoccupava por esse tempo os animos em toda a Europa e em grande parte da Asia. A primaeira cruzada, promovida pelo eremita Pedro e pelas eloquentes palavras de Urbano +II+ no concilio de Clermont, tinha arrojado para a Syria cem mil homens d’armas seguidos de uma turba innumeravel de individuos de todas as condições e de ambos os sexos. Depois de longa viagem, em que a miseria, os vicios, as doenças e a guerra reduziram a bem pequeno numero essa multidão desordenada, Jerusalem caira nas mãos dos cruzados, e os guerreiros que não se tinham armado para a conquista dos lugares sanctos puderam ir ainda, após os mais fervorosos, ajudar a defender a monarchia christan[67] fundada na Palestina e ganhar ahi a gloria e a opulencia ou a remissão de passados crimes, remissão que a igreja concedia com mão larga aos que, pondo sobre o hombro esquerdo a cruz vermelha, se votavam á trabalhosa e arriscada peregrinação do ultramar. Seis annos depois da primeira invasão, em 1101, uma segunda cruzada partiu para o oriente, cujos successos desastrados não impediram que novos peregrinos se fossem precipitar naquelle vasto sorvedouro de quantos homens de fé viva tinha a Europa e tambem de quantas fézes de corrupção, cubiça e ferocidade havia nella. Para as almas crentes ou devoradas de remorsos a Syria era a piscina da rehabilitação moral: para os ambiciosos e devassos fonte inexgotavel de fortuna e de deleites. As paixões boas e más ligavam-se num pensamento unico--o demandar o oriente; porque tanto a vida como a morte offereciam ao que partia uma perspectiva de felicidade.» (_The Moors of Spain and Portugal in the twelfth century._ Vol. I, 349-350.) «Os mahommetanos da Peninsula offerecem-nos pelo meiado do século +XII+ mais um desses exemplos, ao mesmo tempo terriveis e salutares, de que abunda a historia. Naquelle país, seja qual fôr o seu gráu de civilização e poderio, onde fallece o amor da patria, onde os vicios mais hediondos vivem á luz do sol, onde a todas as ambições é licito pretender e esperar tudo, onde a lei, atirada para o charco das ruas pelo pé desdenhoso dos grandes, vai lá servir de joguete ás multidões desenfreiadas, onde a liberdade do homem, a magestade dos principes e as virtudes da familia se converteram em tres grandes mentiras, ha ahi uma nação que vai morrer. A Providencia, que o previu, suscita então outro povo que venha envolver aquelle cadáver no sudario dos mortos. Pobre, grosseiro, não numeroso, que importa isso? Para pregar as taboas de um ataúde qualquer pequena força basta.» (_The death of Affonso I of Portugal._ Vol. I, 463-464.) «No longo crepusculo de velhice aborrida e enferma, o coração do valente Affonso +I+ ainda pôde dilatar-se pela ultima vez nos contentamentos de uma grande victoria. A sua boa espada repousava havia muito na bainha juncto do seu leito de dôr; mas consolá-lo-hia a certeza de que deixava um filho digno delle no esforço, e uma nação cheia de energia e de esperança, a qual lhe devia quasi inteiramente a sua vida politica. A resistencia invencivel que as forças de terra e de mar do imperio mussulmano tinham encontrado em Portugal provava-lhe que o povo educado por elle passara em curtos annos de debil infancia a juventude robusta. O edeficio da independencia nacional, desenhado pelo conde Henrique, cimentado por D. Theresa e realisado de todo o ponto por elle, achava-se, emfim, concluido com a segurança necessaria para resistir á destruidora acção dos séculos . . . O ultimo anno da vida de Affonso +I+ passou sem que a historia tivesse nada que mencionar acerca deste principe. O guerreiro como que já dormitava no somno da morte, que em breve devia cerrar-lhe perpetuamente as pálpebras. Apenas alguns documentos dessa épocha nos mostram que nos seus derradeiros dias não abandonou de todo o leme do estado, ao passo que se mostrava ainda liberal para a igreja, com quem sempre repartira largamente os fructos das suas conquistas. Veio, enfim, a fallecer a 6 de dezembro de 1185 depois de governar este pais com os titulos d’infante e de principe doze annos e com o de rei quarenta e cinco. Ordenara elle que o enterrassem no mosteiro de Sancta Cruz de Coimbra, onde jaziam tambem as cinzas de sua esposa D. Mafalda. Ahi, de feito, descansou finalmente aquelle corpo gasto de tantas lidas em sepultura modesta, conforme permittia a rudeza dos tempos, até que elrei D. Manuel lhe alevantou o rico mausoléo em que ainda hoje se guardam os ossos do fundador da monarchia.» XXXIX _Almeida Garrett_ (João Baptista da Silva Leitão, Visconde d’ Almeida, 1799-1854) the most popular poet of Portugal published some twenty-seven volumes of poems, plays, history, etc. The following extract is from a poem entitled “Camões,” canto V, stanza +XI+. The first edition of this poem appeared in 1825. CINTRA «Oh Cintra! oh saudosissimo retiro, Onde se esquecem mágoas, onde folga De se olvidar no seio á natureza Pensamentos que imbala adormecedo O sussurro das folhas, c’o murmurio Das despenhadas lymphas misturado! Quem, descansando á fresca sombra tua, Sonhou senão venturas? Quem, sentado No musgo de tuas rocas escarpadas, Espairecendo os olhos satisfeitos Por céos, por mares, por montanhas, prados, Por quanto ha hi[68] mais bello no universo, Não sentiu arrobar-se-lhe a existencia, Poisar-lhe o coração suavamente Sobre esquecidas penas, amarguras, Ancias, lavor da vida?--Oh grutas frias, Oh gemedoras fontes, oh suspiros De namoradas selvas, brandas veigas, Verdes outeiros, gigantescas serras! Não vos verei eu mais, delicias d’alma? Troncos onde eu cortei queridos nomes D’amisade e de amor, não hei de um dia Perguntar-vos por elles? Soletrando Não irei pelas arvores crescidas Os caracteres que, em tenrinhas plantas, Pelas verdes cortiças lh’entalhára! Oh! se inda[69] eu vos verei! . . .» XL _Joaquim Nabuco_ (born in the province of Pernambuco, Brazil, in 1847; died at Washington January 17, 1910) was one of the ablest and best-known of Brazilian statesmen, diplomats, and writers. The following extract from “Minha Formação,” Paris, 1900, pages 223-225, is a good example of his writing, and at the same time throws light upon his character and upon his career as the leader of the antislavery movement in Brazil. «Tornei a visitar doze annos depois a capellinha de S. Matheus onde minha madrinha, Dona Anna Rosa Falcão de Carvalho, jaz na parede ao lado do altar, e pela pequena sacristia abandonada penetrei no cercado onde eram enterrados os escravos . . . Cruzes, que talvez não existam mais, sobre montes de pedras escondidas pelas ortigas, era tudo quasi que restava da opulenta _fabrica_, como se chamava o quadro da escravatura . . . Em baixo, na planicie, brilhavam como outr’ora as manchas verdes dos grandes cannaviaes, mas a usina agora fumegava e assobiava com um vapor agudo, annunciando uma vida nova. A almanjarra[70] desapparecera no passado. O trabalho livre tinha tomado o logar em grande parte do trabalho escravo. O engenho apresentava do lado do «porto» o aspecto de uma colonia; da casa velha não ficára vestigio . . . O sacrificio dos pobres negros que haviam incorporado as suas vidas ão futuro d’aquella propriedade, não existia mais talvez senão na minha lembrança . . . Debaixo dos meus pés estava tudo o que restava d’elles, defronte dos _columbaria_ onde dormiam na estreita capella aquelles que elles haviam amado e livremente servido. Sosinho alli, invoquei todas as minhas reminiscencias, chamei-os a muitos pelos nomes, aspirei no ar carregado de aromas agrestes, que entretem a vegetação sobre suas covas, o sopro que lhes dilatava o coração e lhes inspirava a sua alegria perpetua. Foi assim que o problema moral da escravidão se desenhou pela primeira vez aos meus olhos em sua nitidez perfeita e com sua solução obrigatoria. Não só esses escravos não se tinham queixado de sua senhora, como a tinham até o fim abençoado . . . A gratidão estava do lado de quem dava. Elles morreram acreditando-se os devedores . . . seu carinho não teria deixado germinar a mais leve suspeita de que o senhor pudesse ter uma obrigação para com elles, que lhe pertenciam . . . Deus conservára alli o coração do escravo, como o do animal fiel, longe do contacto com tudo que o pudesse revoltar contra a sua dedicação. Esse perdão espontaneo da divida do senhor pelos escravos figurou-se-me a amnistia para os paizes que cresceram pela escravidão, o meio de escaparem a um dos peiores taliões da historia . . . Oh! os Santos pretos! seriam elles os intercessores pela nossa infeliz terra, que regaram com seu sangue, mas abençoaram com seu amor! Eram essas as idéas que me vinham entre aquelles tumulos, para mim, todos elles, sagrados, e então alli mesmo, aos vinte annos, formei a resolução de votar a minha vida, si assim me fosse dado, ao serviço da raça generosa entre todas que a desegualdade da sua condição enternecia em vez de azedar e que por sua doçura no soffrimento emprestava até mesmo á oppressão de que era victima um reflexo de bondade . . .» XLI _Julia Lopes d’ Almeida_, native of the province of S. Paulo, Brazil, is the authoress of many romances and other writings. She has a charming straightforwardness and simplicity of style. She is the one writer who has had the artistic insight to appreciate, and the courage to set down in its true form, the language of the =caipiras= and of the old slaves. The following brief example taken from “A Familia Medeiros” 2a ed. S. Paulo 1894, 261-265, will give an idea of the character of the _patois_ of the interior of S. Paulo. The correct words inserted in brackets do not, of course, appear in the original. «Eram seis horas da manhã quando Octavio, accordando, ouvio dois caipiras dialogarem sob a janella do seu quarto. Dizia um: --Seu [Senhor] Romão já disse qui o mais fólte di nois tudo [forte de nos todos] é o Braz . . . --Tché![71] na terra! o mais fólte di nois tudo [forte de nos todos] sou eu! --Seu Zé [Senhor José] Riba mandou chamá [chamar] um capanga di [de] fora, um tá Furctuoso! [tal Fructuoso] --Eh! sae cinza! --Os [o] coitado . . . --Quê [probably for _quem é_] coitado? --Da gente do dotô . . . [doutor] --Foi nho [Senhor] Triguero que mandou chamá [chamar] mecê [vossa mercê]? --Não foi não; eu vim trazê [trazer] um recado de nhô [Senhor] Juca, pro [para] móde [modo] elle í [ir] lá combiná [combinar] as [a] coisa; o diabo é que fica talde [tarde] e eu perciso [preciso] i mi [ir me] embora. --Mecê [vossa mercê] foi convidado pra [para a] festa? --Fui. --Quem foi que convidou mecê? [vossa mercê] --Nhô [Senhor] Carro [Carlos] de Lima, mais [mas] não vou não! --Uê! Isso é o mesmo que pinchá [pinchar] dinheiro fóra! --É . . . mais [mas] não vou. Eu quando vejo sangue fico tão patife [for covarde] que até chego a sê [ser] vil! Ouvindo o nome de Fructuoso ligado áquellas palavras mysteriosas, Octavio ergueu-se e abriu a janella, mas já os dois caipiras se tinham afastado; um d’elles conversava com o Trigueirinhos, que o ouvia de rosto carregado; o outro desapparecia na porta do pateo com um feixe de palmitos ao hombro. * * * * * Estavam assim, quando ouviram o rodar de um troly;[72] chegavam os Francos. Noemia estremeceu e approximou-se instinctivamente da mãe, como a pedir-lhe misericordia e apoio. Momentos depois, entravam na sala o coronel Cerqueira Franco e o filho. O coronel era um velho robusto, alto, corpulento, de barba farta a encobrir-lhe todo o peito, andar pesado e grandes mãos cabelludas. O filho, egualmente alto e forte, tinha o aspecto agradavel, o olhar sereno, um sorriso bondoso e feliz de creança posto nos grossos labios de um homem. O commendador apresentou-o a Noemia, dizendo-lhe: --Esta é que é vossa noiva! Elle corou; ella, sem levantar os olhos, extendeu-lhe a mão, gelada e tremula. Houve um instante de silencio, que o coronel Cerqueira Franco se apressou em cortar fallando num tom alto, com certa intimidade e alegria. Voltando-se para o filho exclamou: --Você tem uma noiva muito bonita; carece agora de tratal-a bem, ouviu? bonita e . . . commoda! porque é tão delicada que ha de ser por força muito leviana! [leve] cabe num canto do bolso de Julio! Pouco depois, uma mucama chamou para o almoço. Enchendo o seu prato de _quiréra_ [milho pizado] e lombo de porco, o coronel Franco proseguia: --D. Nicota, a senhora descurpe [desculpe] a franqueza! mas quando eu passei na cachoeira de Pirassununga, hontem de talde [tarde], tavam [estavam] caçando peixe [pescando], então apeguei de trazê [trazer] um dourado pra [para] sua ceia . . .» E dirigindo-se immediatamente ao Trigueirinhos: --«Seu tio é bem bom . . . eu já pousei aqui na visinhança uma noite, em casa do . . . de um _chimbéva_[73] moreno. . . .» --«O Prates?» --«Isso! . . . não me alembrava [lembrava] o nome, era casado com uma moça da Limeira . . . oh! que mulher fogueta!» Os outros riram-se; elle continuou: --Estou ficando com os pés fria [frios]! acho que é porque a varanda é de tijolo! Trigueirinhos? vocês não aquentam fogo, não? --Que sim, responderam. De vez em quando, no inverno, faziam fogo na sala de jantar, entre as redes; agora porem, em fevereiro, nem se lembravam d’isso! O coronel Franco proseguiu fallando sempre, ora das suas propriedades em diversos locaes da provincia, ora do casamento do filho, etc. . . . Á sobremesa disse ter ouvido de dois passageiros, no trem, grandes injurias ás auctoridades de Casa Branca, e tambem que haveria nessa cidade uma revolução de escarvos! isso é que era o diabo! Deveria dar credito a semelhante boato? indagava elle, mastigando com a completa dentadura postiça o doce de abobora moranga, servido ás talhadas. XLII _Antonio Gonçalves Dias_ (1824-1864) was a native of the province of Maranhão in Brazil, and was educated at the University of Coimbra in Portugal. He is the most popular of the Brazilian poets. Every Brazilian knows by heart his beautiful “canção do exilo” written at Coimbra in 1843. CANÇÃO DO EXILO Minha terra tem palmeiras, Onde canta o Sabiá;[74] As aves, que aqui gorgeião, Não gorgeião como lá. Nosso céo tem mais estrellas, Nossas varzeas tem mais flores, Nossos bosques tem mais vida, Nossa vida mais amores. Em scismar, sósinho, á noite, Mais prazer encontro eu lá; Minha terra tem palmeiras, Onde canta o Sabiá. Minha terra tem primores, Que taes não encontro eu cá; Em scismar--sósinho, á noite-- Mais prazer encontro eu lá; Minha terra tem palmeiras, Onde canta o Sabiá. Não permitta Deos que eu morra, Sem que eu volte para lá; Sem que desfructe os primores Que não encontro por cá; Sem qu’inda aviste as palmeiras, Onde canta o Sabiá. XLIII The _Marquez de Maricá_ (1773-1848) one of the illustrious statesmen and litterateurs of Brazil was especially noted for his maxims, examples of which are given here. MAXIMAS, PENSAMENTOS, E REFLEXÕES Ninguem considera a sua ventura superior ao seu merito, mas todos se queixão das injustiças dos homens e da fortuna. A modestia doura os talentos, a vaidade os deslustra. Os abusos, como os dentes, nunca se arrancão sem dôres. Quando o povo não acredita na probidade, a immoralidade é geral. O moço devasso póde emendar-se, o velho vicioso he incorrigivel. Os mais arrojados em fallar são ordinariamente os menos profundos em saber. A virtude resistindo se reforça. A virtude he communicavel, mas o vicio contagioso. Os governos fracos fazem fortes os ambiciosos e insurgentes. Ninguem duvida tanto como aquelle que mais sabe. A bravura é taciturna, mas a cobardia garrulenta. Ninguem é grande homem em tudo e em todo o tempo. Não é dado ao saber humano conhecer toda a extensão da sua ignorancia. Os medicos accusão a natureza, os enfermos aos medicos. Muita sciencia occasiona muita incerteza. Nenhum governo é bom para os homens máos. Soffrei privações na mocidade, e sereis regalados na velhice. Queixamo-nos da fortuna para desculpar a nossa preguiça. O odio e a guerra que declaramos aos outros nos gasta e consome a nós mesmos. Velhos ha que bem merecem ser comparados aos volcões extinctos. Os bons exemplos dos pais são as melhores lições e a melhor herança para os filhos. A importunidade é algumas vezes mais feliz que o merecimento. A liberdade é a que nos constitue entes moraes bons ou máos: é hum grande bem para quem tem juizo; e para quem o não tem, um mal gravissimo. Não ha cousa mais facil que vencer os outros homens, nem mais difficil que vencer-nos a nós mesmos. Entre as paixões humanas a ambição tem tanto de nobre como a avareza de ignobil. Os nossos maiores inimigos existem dentro de nós mesmos: são os nossos erros, vicios e paixões. Em algumas revoluções o jogo continúa como dantes, á excepção do barulho e jogadores que são novos. As revoluções politicas, quando não melhorão, deteriorão, necessariamente a sorte das nações. As nações, como as pessoas, aprendem errando e soffrendo. Não ha escravidão peior que a dos vicios e paixões. Huma revolução feliz justifica os maiores crimes e os eleva á cathegoria de virtudes. Deve-se usar da liberdade, como de vinho, com moderação e sobriedade. A plena liberdade é como a pedra philosophal, procurada por muitos e por nenhum descoberta. Ninguem é tão prudente em dispender o seu dinheiro como aquelle que melhor conhece as difficuldades de o ganhar honradamente. A força sem intelligencia é como o movimento sem direcção. Não se apaga o fogo com resinas, nem a colera com más palavras. Os ignorantes exagerão sempre mais que os intelligentes. Os prazeres, como as rosas, estão bordados de espinhos; colhêlos sem ferir-se é o requinte da prudencia e habilidade humana. Os pobres declamão contra a riqueza para se consolarem ou se justificarem de não serem ricos. A melhor entidade da terra é huma boa mulher, a peior a que é má. A desconfiança é o tormento dos velhos, receião-se de todos e de tudo. A morte salda muitas contas que a vida não pode ajustar. A melhor companhia acha-se em huma escolhida livraria. Huma boa letra não annuncia vasta intelligencia, nem huma eloquencia brilhante profunda sapiencia. A ignorancia é mãe da superstição e fanatismo. A gente moça não sabe apreciar os bens do que goza, nem avaliar os males que não padece. Os que sabem menos são ordinariamente os que fallão mais. Sem philosophia não ha sabedoria: quem não é philosopho não póde ser sabio. Todos se accusão ou se queixão de pouco dinheiro, nenhum de pouco juizo. A litteratura ingleza deve servir de antidoto á franceza: esta vicia, aquella moralisa os seus cultores. A vaidade e um elemento muito importante da felicidade humana. MEU EPITAPHIO Aqui jaz o corpo apenas Do marquez de Maricá: Quem quizer saber-lhe da alma, Nos seus livros a achará. XLIV _Luis de Camões_ (born at Lisbon in 1524, died in 1579) was the greatest literary genius ever produced by Portugal. His “Lusiádas” is the most celebrated poem in the Portuguese language. It is an epic, and treats of the discovery of India by the early Portuguese navigators. The extracts that follow are from the first Canto of the “Lusiádas.” In verses +VI+ to +XVIII+ of the first Canto the poet addresses himself to Dom Sebastião who was king of Portugal from 1557 to 1578. At +XIX+ the ships are under sail, and at +XX+ Jupiter calls together the gods to decide the fate of the enterprise. CANTO PRIMEIRO VI E vós, ó bem nascida segurança Da Lusitana[75] antigua liberdade, E não menos certissima esperança De augmento da pequena Christandade: Vós, ó novo temor da Maura lança, Maravilha fatal[76] da nossa idade; Dada ao mundo por Deos, que todo o mande, Para do mundo a Deos dar parte grande: VII Vós, tenro e novo ramo florecente De huma arvore de Christo mais amada Que nenhuma nascida no Occidente, Cesárea, ou Christianissima chamada: Vêde-o no vosso escudo, que presente Vos amostra a victoria já passada; Na qual vos deo por armas, e deixou As que elle para si na Cruz tomou: VIII Vós, poderoso Rei, cujo alto imperio O Sol logo em nascendo vê primeiro; Vê-o tambem no meio do hemispherio; E quando desce, o deixa derradeiro: Vós, que esperâmos jugo, e vituperio Do torpe Ismaelita cavalleiro, Do Turco oriental, e do Gentio Que inda[77] bebe o licor[78] do sancto[79] rio. IX Inclinai por hum pouco a magestade, Que nesse tenro gesto vos contemplo; Que já se mostra qual na inteira idade, Quando subindo ireis ao eterno templo. Os olhos da Real benignidade Ponde no chão: vereis hum novo exemplo De amor dos patrios feitos valerosos, Em versos divulgado numerosos. XIX Já no largo Oceano navegavam, As inquietas ondas apartando; Os ventos brandamente respiravam, Das náos as velas concavas inchando: Da branca escuma os mares se mostravam Cobertos, onde as proas vão cortando As maritimas aguas consagradas, Que do gado de Proteo são cortadas. XX Quando os deoses[80] no Olympo luminoso, Onde o governo está da humana gente, Se ajuntam em concilio glorioso Sobre as cousas futuras do Oriente: Pisando o crystallino céo formoso, Vem pela via Lactea juntamente, Convocados da parte do Tonante[81] Pelo neto gentil do velho Atlante. FOOTNOTES: [67] An old form of =christã=; see § 5, foot-note to _n_. [68] =hi= in place of =ahi=. [69] =inda= for =ainda=. [70] =Almanjarra= is the name given the old-fashioned cane mill that was turned by oxen or horses. [71] =Tché=, an exclamation; this sound is only used in Brazil in certain parts of S. Paulo, and in Minho and Tras-os-Montes in Portugal, where it probably originated. [72] Small spring wagon, or _buckboard_, introduced into S. Paulo about 1870; it is known by the English name of _trolly_. [73] Flat-nosed person. [74] =Sabiá= is the popular name of a kind of Brazilian robin. [75] Lusitania was an ancient province of Spain that included a large part of modern Portugal, of which it is often used as a synonym. [76] fateful. [77] =ainda.= [78] liquor. [79] =santo.= [80] See =deus=. [81] Jupiter Tonans. VOCABULARIES including index to rules, tables, conjugations of verbs, and examples in the text. The numbers and letters refer to the paragraphs of the text. The gender of the nouns is indicated by the use of the definite article =o= (masculine) or =a= (feminine) before the noun. The article when thus used is not translated in the vocabulary. ABBREVIATIONS _adj._ adjective _adv._ adverb _art._ article _conj._ conjunction _f._ feminine _int._ interjection _m._ masculine _ord._ ordinal numeral _pp._ past participle _pr. part._ present participle _pl._ plural _prep._ preposition _pro._ pronoun _s._ substantive _v._ verb The part of speech is indicated only in cases where doubt is possible. PORTUGUESE-ENGLISH VOCABULARY A =a=, _art._, the, § 14-16. =a=, _prep._, to, of, § 122_a_, 123_a_, _b_, _c_, _d_, _e_, 124, 139, 141. =a=, that, § 87. =a=, =as=, them, § 65. =abaixo=, below, § 144. =abandonar=, to abandon. ABBREVIATIONS, § 147. =a abelha=, bee, § 26_c_. =abençoar=, to bless. =aberto=, _adj._, open. =a abobora=, squash, pumpkin. =aborrido=, sad, tedious, wearisome. =abraçar=, to embrace. =abranger=, to contain. =Abril=, April. =abrir=, to open. ABSOLUTE SUPERLATIVE, § 44. =abundar=, to abound. =o abuso=, abuse. =acabar=, to finish, § 123_f_. =a acção=, action, share. =accender=, to light, set fire. ACCENT MARKS, § 8. =accessivel=, accessible. =accordar=, to waken. =accusar=, to accuse, complain. =aceitar=, to accept. =acerca=, concerning. =achar=, to find, § 124_a_, 138. =acima=, above, § 144. =acolá=, there, § 135_r_. =acompanhar=, to accompany, § 124_c_. =acontecer=, to happen. =o acontecimento=, occurrence. =acreditar=, to believe. =a actividade=, activity. =activo=, active. =o actor=, actor. =adiante=, before (_in space_). =adiar=, to postpone. ADJECTIVES, § 39. =a admiração=, admiration. =admirado=, surprised. =adoecer=, to fall ill, sicken. =adoptar=, to adopt. =adormecido=, lulled. ADVERBS, § 134. =a adversidade=, adversity. =o advogado=, lawyer. =afastar=, to withdraw, go away. =a affabilidade=, affability. =affectuosamente=, affectionately. =affectuoso=, affectionate. =affeiçoado=, addicted to, inclined. =afigurado=, shapely, fine looking. =afim=, for the purpose of, § 144-5. =a agonia=, agony. =agora=, now. =o agosto=, August. =agradavel=, agreeable. =agradecer=, to thank, § 122_i_. =agreste=, of the forest, untilled, rough. =a agua=, water. =agudo=, sharp, acute. =aguentar=, to endure, stand. =a aguia=, eagle, § 26_c_. =ahi=, there, § 135_c_. =ainda=, yet, § 135_q_, 145. =ajuntar=, to get together, accumulate. =ajustar=, to adjust. =a alegria=, joy, joyfulness. =alem=, beyond, § 144. =alevantar=, to get up, lift, build. =o alfinete=, pin. =algo=, something, § 100_b_. =o algodão=, cotton. =alguem=, some one. =algum=, some, any, no, § 101. =ali=, there, § 135_d_. =o allemão=, German (_and adj._). =alli=, _see_ =ali=. =a alma=, soul. =almoçar=, to breakfast, § 122_i_. =o almoço=, breakfast. ALPHABET, § 1. =o altar=, altar. =a alteza=, highness, § 147. =alto=, high, tall, § 45, 134_e_. =alugar=, to let, rent. =o alumno=, student. =alvo=, white. =a ama=, nurse. =a amabilidade=, kindness, friendliness. =amanhan=, _or_ =amanhã=, to-morrow. =amar=, to love. =amarello=, yellow. =a amargura=, bitterness, grief. =amavel=, amiable, friendly. =a ambição=, ambition. =ambicioso=, ambitious. =ambos=, both. =o amigo=, friend. =a amizade=, friendship. =a amnistia=, amnesty. =o amor=, love. =amostrar=, to show (_also_ =mostrar=). =a ancia=, anxiety, perplexity. =andar=, to walk, § 109_e_, 124_a_. =o andar=, floor. =angelico=, angelic. =o animal=, animal. =o animo=, mind, spirit. =o annel=, ring, § 20. 5. =o anno=, year. =annunciar=, to announce. =anoitecer=, to become night. =ante-hontem=, day before yesterday. ANTEPENULT, ACCENTED, § 9_d_. =antes=, before (_in time_), rather, § 145. =o antidoto=, antidote. =antigo=, ancient, old. =o anzol=, fish-hook. =aonde=, where, § 135_m_. =apagar=, to put out, extinguish. =apanhar=, to catch. =apartar=, to part, separate. =apegar=, _see_ =pegar=. =apenas=, barely, merely. =apesar=, in spite of, § 145. =o apoio=, support. =apontar=, to point, take aim. =após=, after, behind. =o apostolo=, apostle. =apparelhar=, to prepare, fit out. =o appetite=, appetite. =apprehender=, to learn. =apreciar=, to appreciate, enjoy. =apresentar=, to present, introduce. =apressar=, to hasten. =aproveitar=, to improve the opportunity, turn to account. =aproximar=, to approach. =aquelle= =-a=, that, § 84. =aquentar=, to heat, fire. =aqui=, here; =d’aqui=, hence, § 134, 135_a_. =aquillo=, that, § 85. =o ar=, air, appearance. =ardente=, ardent. =a areia=, sand. =a arma=, (fire)arm. =armar=, to arm. =a aroma=, aroma, sweet odor. =arrancar=, to pull out, extricate, § 108, 123_f_. =arrepender-se=, to repent, § 126_b_. =arriscado=, dangerous, risky. =arriscar=, to risk. =arrobar=, to ravish, put in ecstasy. =arrojado=, bold, rash. =arrojar=, to drag. =a arvore=, tree. =ascender=, to light. =o aspecto=, aspect. =aspirar=, to breathe. =assignalar=, to distinguish. =assim=, so, thus. =assistir=, to assist, to be present. =assoberbar=, to vex. =assobiar=, to hiss, whistle. =o assucar=, sugar. =o asylo=, asylum, refuge, home. =o ataude=, coffin. =até=, to, at, until, § 122_c_. =atirar=, to throw, throw down, shoot. =atrever-se=, to dare, venture. =o atrevimento=, boldness, daring. =attento=, attentive. =attingir=, to attain. =attracar=, to make fast. AUGMENTATIVES, § 35, 46. =o augmento=, increase. =o autor=, author. =a autora=, authoress. =a autoridade=, authority. AUXILIARY VERBS, § 109. =o auxilio=, help. =avaliar=, to value. =a avareza=, avarice. =a ave=, bird. =avistar=, to see, get sight of. =a avó=, grandmother. =o avô=, grandfather. =-avo=, suffix in fractions, § 61_a_. =a aza=, wing. =azedar=, to embitter. =o azeite=, oil. =azul=, blue, § 41_f_. B =o bacalháu=, codfish. =o bacharel=, bachelor (_academic_). =a bahia=, bay. =a bainha=, sheath, scabbard. =baixo=, low, § 134_e_. =a bala=, ball, bullet. =balançar=, to balance, swing, rock. =a bandeira=, flag, banner. =a banha=, lard. =o banho=, bath. =o barão=, baron. =barato=, cheap. =a barba=, beard. =barbaro=, barbarous. =a baroneza=, baroness. =a barra=, bar, mouth of stream. =o barril=, barrel, § 20. 6. =o barro=, clay. =o barulho=, noise. =bastante=, enough. =bastar=, to suffice. =a batalha=, battle. =a batata=, potato. =bater=, to beat, knock. =beber=, to drink. =o beiço=, lip. =bello=, fine, handsome. =o Beltrano=, § 94. =bem=, well; =se bem que=, § 145. =o bem=, good; _pl._, =bens=, goods; =bens de raiz=, real estate. =bemdito=, _see_ =bemdizer=. =a benção=, blessing. =a benignidade=, benignity. =o betume=, pitch, tar. =a bibliotheca=, library. =o bilhete=, ticket. =o bispo=, bishop. =boa=, _see_ =bom=. =o boato=, report, rumor. =a boca=, mouth. =o boi=, ox. =bolir=, _see_ =bulir=. =o bolso=, pocket. =bom=, good, § 41_g_, 51. =a bondade=, goodness, kindness. =bondoso=, good, good-natured. =bonito=, pretty, handsome. =bordar=, to border, surround. =o bosque=, woods, grove. =botar=, to put, place. =a botica=, apothecary’s shop. =a botina=, boot. =o braço=, arm. =branco=, white. =brandamente=, gently. =brando=, gentle, sweet. =o brasileiro=, Brazilian (_and adj._). =bravo=, wild. =a bravura=, bravery. =o breu=, pitch, tar. =breve=, short. =brilhante=, brilliant. =brilhar=, to shine, glitter. =o brilho=, brilliancy. =brincar=, to play, fool. =bulir=, to disturb, stir. =buscar=, to fetch, bring. C =cá=, here, § 135_b_. =a cabeça=, head; round-topped mountain. =o cabello=, hair. =cabelludo=, hairy. =caber=, to hold, § 112, p. 83. =a cabra=, goat. =a cachoeira=, water-fall. =o cachorro=, dog. =cada=, each, § 100_j_. =o cadaver=, dead body. =a cadeira=, chair. =o caes=, quay, mole, § 20_b_. =o café=, coffee. =cahir=, to fall, § 110, p. 82. =o caipira=, backwoodsman. =a caixa=, box; =caixa economica=, savings-bank. =o caixão=, big box. _See_ Exercise X. =a cal=, lime, § 20. 4. =calar=, to hush, silence, § 126_b_. =calçar=, to put on (_shoes_, _socks_, _trousers_), § 122. =as calças= (_pl._), trousers, § 21. =o calor=, heat, § 121. =a camada=, bed, layer (_of rock_). =a camara=, room. =o=, =a camarada=, companion. =o camareiro=, chamberlain. =o camarote=, cabin (_on ship_), box (_in theater_). =o caminho=, road, way. =a camisa=, shirt. =o campo=, field, plain. =cançar=, to tire, weary. =o cannavial=, cane field. =cansado=, _see_ =cançar=. =cantar=, to sing. =o canto=, corner; song. =o cantor=, singer. =a cantora=, songstress. =o cão=, dog. =o capanga=, hired assassin. =capaz=, capable, § 139_a_. =a capela=, chapel. CAPITAL LETTERS, § 12. =o capital=, principal; _f._, capital (city), § 31. =o capitalista=, capitalist. =o capitão=, captain. =caprichoso=, erratic, whimsical. =o caracter=, character, handwriting. =o cardeal=, cardinal. =carecer=, to need, require. =a caridade=, charity. =o carinho=, kindness, affection. =a carne=, meat, flesh. =caro=, dear, expensive. =carregado=, heavy, loaded. =o carro=, cart, wagon, carriage. =a carta=, letter. =a casa=, house. =a casaca=, (long) coat. =o casamento=, marriage. =casar=, to marry. =o caso=, case. =a categoria=, list, category. =a cathedral=, cathedral. =caudal=, mighty. =a causa=, cause, reason, case (_law_). =o cavalheiro=, knight, noble-man; _adj._, noble, gentleman-like. =o cavalleiro=, horseman, cavalier, gentleman. =a cavallo=, horse. =caxoeira=, _see_ =cachoeira=. =cear=, to sup. =cedo=, early. =cego=, blind, § 139_a_. =a ceia=, supper. =celebre=, celebrated, § 143. =celestial=, heavenly. =cem=, one hundred. =o cemiterio=, cemetery. =os centenares=, hundreds. =o centesimo=, hundredth. =cento=, hundred, p. 50. =o ceo=, heaven. =cerca=, about, § 144. =o cercado=, enclosure. =cercar=, to encircle, surround, enclose, § 124_c_, 143. =cerrar=, to close. =a certeza=, certainty. =certo=, sure, certain, § 51, 100_f_. =cerúleo=, cerulean, bluish, azure. =cessar=, to cease, § 122_e_, 123_f_. =o chá=, tea. =a chaleira=, tea-kettle. =chamar=, to call. =chão=, _adj._, plain. =o chão=, ground. =o chapeo=, hat. =o charco=, mud, puddle. =a chave=, key. =o chefe=, chief. =chegar=, to arrive, suffice, § 122_c_. =cheio=, full. =o chicote=, (riding) whip. =a chinela=, slipper. =chorar=, to weep, cry. =chover=, to rain. =christão=, Christian. =a chuva=, rain. =a cidadão=, citizen. =a cidade=, city. =cimentar=, to cement. =cinco=, five, § 55. =cincoenta=, fifty. =a cinza=, ashes. =a cithara=, cithern, lute. =o ciume=, jealousy. =civíl=, civil. =a civilisação=, civilization. =civilisado=, civilized. =claro=, clear. =classificar=, to classify. =o clima=, climate. =a cobardia=, cowardice. =coberto=, covered. =cobiçar=, _see_ =cubiçar=. =a cobra=, snake, § 26_c_. =cobrir=, to cover, § 124_c_. =o coco=, coconut. =a coisa=, _see_ =cousa=. =coitado=, poor (fellow) (_term of endearment or pity_), § 146. =a colera=, wrath. =a colher=, spoon; _v._, to collect, gather. =o collarinho=, collar. =a collecção=, collection. =o collega=, colleague. =a colonia=, colony. =com=, with, § 122_d_, 142. =combinar=, to combine, arrange. =começar=, to begin, § 123_e_, _f_. =comer=, to eat. =comigo=, _see_ =commigo=. =o commendador=, commander. =commigo=, with me, § 65_c_. =commodo=, convenient, handy. COMMON TERMINATIONS of m. and f. nouns, § 27. =commun=, common. =communicavel=, communicable. =comnosco=, with us, § 65_c_. =como=, _adv._, how, as, § 131. =a compaixão=, compassion. =a companhia=, company. =a comparação=, comparison. =comparar=, to compare. COMPARISONS, § 42-45. =completamente=, completely. =completo=, complete, whole. COMPOUND PLURALS, § 22. =comprar=, to buy. =comprido=, long. =comsigo=, with himself, by himself, etc., § 67. =comtigo=, with thee, § 65_c_. =concavo=, concave. =conceder=, to concede, grant. =o concilio=, council. =o conde=, count. =a condição=, condition. CONDITIONAL ENDINGS AND MEANINGS, § 106, 107. =a confiança=, confidence. =conforme=, according as. =confranger-se=, to shrink. =conhecer=, to know, be acquainted with, § 143. CONJUNCTIONS, § 145. =a conquista=, conquest. =consagrado=, consecrated. =o conselheiro=, counselor. =o conselho=, council, advice. =a consequencia=, consequence. =conservar=, to preserve. =considerar=, to consider. =consolar=, to console, comfort. =consomir=, _see_ =consumir=. CONSONANTS, § 5. =constituir=, to constitute. =o consul=, consul, § 20. 4. =consumir=, to consume. =a conta=, account, count, reckoning. =o contacto=, contact. =contagioso=, contagious. =contar=, to count. =contemplar=, to contemplate, see. =o contentamento=, contentment. =contente=, content, pleased. =continuar=, to continue, go on. =o conto=, conto, § 55; a tale. =contra=, against. =o contrario=, contrary. =convem=, _see_ =convir=, § 113. =conversar=, to converse. =converter=, to convert. =convidar=, to invite. =convir=, to be convenient, suit, § 113. =o convite=, invitation. =convocar=, to call together. =o copo=, cup, glass. =a côr=, color. =o coração=, heart. =a coragem=, courage. =corar=, to color, blush. =o coronel=, colonel. =o corpo=, body. =corpulento=, stout. =correcto=, correct. =corrente=, _adj._, current. =corrigir=, to correct. =a corrupção=, corruption. =cortar=, to cut. =a côrte=, court, § 23. =a cortiça=, bark. =o corvo=, crow, § 26_c_. =a costa=, side, coast. =costumar=, to accustom, be accustomed. =a costume=, custom. =a cousa=, thing, § 44_c_. =a cova=, grave. =o covarde=, coward. =o cravo=, pink, horseshoe-nail. =o credito=, credit. =crente=, faithful, believing. =o crepusculo=, twilight. =crer=, to believe, § 112, p. 83. =crescer=, to grow. =crescido=, grown up. =a criação=, raising, breeding (_of cattle_), creation. =a criada=, (female) servant. =o criado=, (male) servant. =a criança=, baby. =o crime=, crime. =crivel=, credible. =cru=, =crua=, raw, § 41_e_. =a cruz=, cross. =a cruzada=, crusade. =o cruzado=, crusader. =crystallino=, crystaline. =a cubiça=, greed, lust. =cubiçar=, long for. =cubiçoso=, covetous. =o cuidado=, care. =cuidadosamente=, carefully. =cujo=, whose, § 96, 99. =o cultor=, cultivator, lover, follower. =o cura=, curate; _sf._, cure. =curto=, short. =custar=, to cost. =customar=, _see_ =costumar=. D =da=, § 15_b_. =o dado=, data, information. =o damno=, damage. =dantes=, before. =dar=, to give, § 111; =dar a luz (um livro)=, to publish. =datar=, to date. =de=, of, § 122_e_, _f_, 124_d_, 139_a_, _b_, _c_, _d_, _f_. =débil=, weak, feeble. =decidir=, to decide. =o decimo=, tenth, § 59. =declamar=, to declaim, cry out. =declarar=, to declare. =o dedal=, thimble. =a dedicação=, dedication. =dedicar=, to dedicate. DEFECTIVE VERBS, p. 91. =defender=, to defend. =deferir=, to grant, concede. DEFINITE ARTICLE, § 14-16. =defronte=, in front of. =deitar=, to lie down, § 123_e_, _h_. =deixar=, to leave, let, allow, § 123_f_. =o deleite=, delight, pleasure. =delicado=, delicate. =a delicia=, delight, bliss. =demais=, too much. =demandar=, to demand, head for. =a demissão=, dismissal, relief. =denso=, dense. =a dentadura=, set of teeth. =o dente=, tooth. =o dentista=, dentist. =dentro=, within, § 144. =dependente=, dependent, § 139_a_. =depois=, after, afterwards, § 144, 145. =depôr=, to deposit; lay down; depose. =depressa=, quickly. =a depressão=, depression. =o deputado=, deputy, congressman. =derradeiro=, _adj._, last. =desapontado=, put out. =desapparecer=, to disappear. =desastrado=, disastrous. =descançar=, to rest. =descer=, to descend, set, go down. =descobrir=, to discover. =a desconfiança=, doubt, distrust. =desconhecido=, unknown. =desculpar=, to excuse, pardon. =desde=, since. =desdenhoso=, disdainful. =a desegualdade=, inequality. =desejar=, to desire, wish. =o desejo=, desire. =desejoso=, desirous. =desenfreiado=, unbridled, disorderly. =desenhar=, to design, draw. =o desenho=, design, plan. =desfigurar=, to disfigure. =desfrutar=, to enjoy. =deslustrar=, to tarnish, dull. =desnecessario=, unnecessary. =desordenado=, disorderly. =despedir=, to dismiss. =despedir-se=, to take leave. =despenhar=, to fall. =destruidor=, destructive. =destruir=, to destroy. =deteriorar=, to deteriorate. =detraz=, backward, § 144. =o deus=, god, § 20_b_. =devagar=, slow, slowly. =devasso=, licentious, dissolute. =o devedor=, debtor. =o dever=, duty. =dever=, to owe, ought, p. 72. =devidamente=, duly. =devorar=, to devour. =dez=, ten. =o dezembro=, December. =dezenove=, nineteen. =dezesete=, seventeen. =dezoito=, eighteen. =o dia=, day. =o diabo=, devil. DIALECTICAL, § 6. =dialogar=, to converse. =o diamante=, diamond. =diante=, before, § 144. =diario=, daily. =a diffamação=, calumny. =difficil=, difficult. =a difficuldade=, difficulty. =digno=, worthy, § 139_a_. =dilatar=, to dilate, swell. =diligente=, diligent. DIMINUTIVES, § 36-38, 46. =o dinheiro=, money. DIPHTHONGS, § 3. =a direcção=, direction. =directamente=, directly. =o director=, director. =direito=, right, straight. =dirigir=, to direct. =dispender=, to spend. =disposto=, disposed. =disseminar=, to scatter. =distante=, distant, § 139_a_. =distincto=, distinct, distinguished, § 143. =distinguir=, to distinguish. =dito=, _pp. of_ =dizer=, said, same. =diverso=, different. =a divida=, debt. =dividir=, to divide. =divulgar=, to divulge, publish. =dizer=, to say, § 112, p. 83, 126_c_. =do=, of the, § 15_b_. =dobrado=, } =dobro=, } double, § 62_b_. =o doce=, sweetmeat; _adj._, sweet. =docil=, docile, § 20. 6. =o documento=, document. =a doçura=, gentleness, sweetness. =a doença=, sickness. =doente=, sick, § 139_a_. =dois=, two. =domestico=, domestic, homely. =o domingo=, Sunday. =donde=, whence, § 135_m_. =o dono=, owner, proprietor. =a dor=, pain. =dormir=, to sleep, § 108_g_. =dormitar=, to sleep, slumber. =o dote=, dower, dowry, § 23. DOUBLE NEGATIVE, § 100_e_, 137. =o dourado=, a kind of fish; _pp. of_ =dourar=. =dourar=, to embellish, ornament with gold. =o doutor=, doctor. =doze=, twelve. =as duas=, two, § 55. =o duplo=, double, § 62_b_. =durar=, to last. =a duvida=, doubt. =duvidar=, to doubt. =duzentos=, two hundred. =a dynastia=, dynasty. E =e=, and, § 145 note. =é=, is (_see_ =ser=, p. 79). =economico=, economic. =o edeficio=, edifice, building. =a edição=, edition. =a educação=, education. =educado=, educated. =o effeito=, effect; =com effeito=, indeed, § 134_a_. =egual=, _see_ =igual=. =egualmente=, _see_ =igualmente=. =eis=, _adv._, behold, § 134_g_. =eleger=, to elect. =o elemento=, element. =elevar=, to elevate, raise, lift. =ella=, she, it, § 65, 65_d_. =elle=, he, it, § 65, 65_d_. ELLIPTICAL EXPRESSIONS, § 124_c_, 146. =a eloquencia=, eloquence. =eloquente=, eloquent. =em=, in, § 122_g_, 131_a_, 140. =embalar=, to rock. =embarcar=, to embark. =embora=, away. =emendar=, to mend, reform. =emfim=, finally. =emmagrecer=, to grow thin. =empallidecer=, to turn pale. =empecer=, to hinder. =o emprego=, employment. =emprehendedor=, enterprising. =emprestar=, to lend, loan. =encantador=, charming, § 41_e_. =encher=, to fill. ENCLITICS, § 72_c_, _e_. =encobrir=, to cover. =encontrar=, to meet, find. =a energia=, energy. =enfermo=, ill, sick, infirm. =enfraquecer=, to grow weak. =o engenheiro=, engineer. =o engenho=, engine, mill; estate with a cane mill. =engrandecer=, to grow large, enlarge. =engulir=, to swallow. =enjoado=, seasick, nauseated. =ensinar=, to instruct, teach, § 123_d_. =entalhar=, to engrave. =o ente=, being. =entender=, to understand. =enternecer=, to move to compassion, melt. =enterrar=, to inter, bury. =a entidade=, being. =a entrada=, entrance. =entrar=, to enter. =entregar=, to deliver. =entretanto=, whilst. =entreter=, to entertain, support. =entupido=, obstructed. =enviar=, to send. =envolver=, to wrap up. =o enxó=, adz. =enxugar=, to dry. =o enxurro=, torrent. =a época=, epoch. =a epocha=, _see_ =época=. =equivocar-se=, to mistake, to be mistaken. =o eremita=, hermit. =erguer=, to raise, arise, get up. =errar=, to err, go wrong. =o erro=, error, mistake. =a escala=, scale. =escapar=, to escape. =escarpado=, steep. =a escola=, school. =escolher=, to select, choose. =esconder=, to hide. =a escravidão=, slavery. =o escravo=, slave. =escrever=, to write, § 116. =escripto=, _see_ =escrever=. =o escrivão=, notary. =o escudo=, shield. =a escuma=, foam. =escuramente=, darkly. =as escuras= (_pl._), darkness; in the dark. =escurecer=, to darken, grow dark. =escuro=, dark. ESDRUXULOS, § 9_e_. =o esforço=, force, courage, effort. =a esmola=, charity. =o espaço=, space, room. =a espada=, sword. =espairecer=, to amuse one’s self. =o espanto=, alarm. =especial=, special. =especialmente=, especially. =o espectaculo=, show, performance. =a esperança=, hope. =esperar=, to hope, wait. =a espingarda=, gun. =o espinho=, thorn. =espontaneo=, spontaneous. =a esposa=, wife. =esquecer=, to forget, § 122_e_. =esquerdo= =-a=, left. =esse= =-a=, this, § 84, 89. =o estado=, state, condition. =a estancia=, estate. =estanque=, stagnant. =estar=, to be, § 109_j_, _k_, _l_, _m_, 110, 126_b_. =este= =-a=, this, § 84, 86, 90. =estender=, to extend. =esterlina=, sterling. =a estima=, esteem. =a estrada=, road; =estrada de ferro=, railway. =estranho=, strange, foreign; _sm._, stranger, outsider. =estreito=, narrow, close. =a estrella=, star. =estremecer=, to tremble. =o estudante=, student. =estudar=, to study. =a eternidade=, eternity. =eterno=, eternal. =eu=, I, § 65, 66_c_. =a Europa=, Europe. =o evangelho=, gospel. =exacto=, exact, true. =exceder=, to exceed. =a excellencia=, excellency, § 66. =excellente=, excellent. =a excepção=, exception. =excepto=, except. =exclamar=, to exclaim. =o exemplo=, example. =o exercito=, army. =o exicio=, ruin, destruction. =a existencia=, existence. =existir=, to exist. =extender=, _see_ =estender=. =a extensão=, extent. =extenso=, vast, extensive. =extincto=, extinct. =extranho=, _see_ =estranho=. F =a fabrica=, factory. =o fabríco=, manufacture. =fabuloso=, fabulous. =a faca=, knife. =a facada=, knife cut. =a façanha=, feat, exploit. =a face=, face, cheek. =facil=, easy, § 139_a_. =faço=, _see_ =fazer=, § 112. =a faina=, handling, rigging. =falar=, to speak, talk, § 107, p. 72. =fallecer=, to die, perish. =faltar=, to lack, be lacking. =a fama=, fame, renown, report. =a familia=, family. =famoso=, famous, § 143. =o fanatismo=, fanaticism. =fantastico=, fantastic. =farto=, full. =fatal=, fateful. =o favor=, favor, kindness. =a fazenda=, estate, treasury. =o fazendeiro=, planter. =fazer=, to do, make, § 112, p. 83, § 124_c_. =a fé=, faith. =a febre=, fever. =fechar=, to close, shut. =o feijão=, bean. =feio=, ugly. =o feito=, deed. =o feixe=, bundle, sheaf. =a felicidade=, happiness, good fortune. =feliz=, happy, fortunate. =femea=, female, § 26_c_. FEMININE ADJECTIVES, § 41. FEMININE NOUNS, § 26. =ferir=, to wound. =fero=, savage, ferocious. =a ferocidade=, ferocity. =feroz=, ferocious. =o ferro=, iron, § 23. =a ferrugem=, rust. =fertil=, fertile. =fervoroso=, fervent, zealous. =a festa=, festival, feast; =dia de festa=, holiday, saint’s day. =o fevereiro=, February. =fez=, _see_ =fazer=, § 112. =as fezes=, dregs. =ficar=, to remain, become, be, § 125_d_. =fiel=, faithful. =a figura=, figure. =o figurão=, § 35. =figurar=, to figure, show. =a filha=, daughter. =o filho=, son, § 23. =o fim=, end. FINAL SYLLABLE ACCENT, § 9_b_. =finalmente=, finally. =fincar=, to drive in. =fingir=, to pretend. =fino=, fine. FIRST CONJUGATION, § 106, 107. =fixo=, fixed. =fiz=, _see_ =fazer=, § 112. =flammejar=, to blaze. =a flor=, flower. =florecer=, to bloom, flower, blossom. =o fogo=, fire. =o foguete=, sky-rocket. =foi=, _see_ =ir=, § 113; _see_ =ser=, § 109_o_, p. 79. =folgar=, to rest, repose, enjoy, rejoice. =a folha=, leaf. =o fome=, hunger; =com fome=, hungry. =a fonte=, fountain, spring. =fóra=, _prep._, outside, away. =a força=, force. =formar=, to form, shape. =a formiga=, ant, § 26_c_. =forrar=, to line, § 124_c_. =forte=, strong. =a fortuna=, fortune. =o fosforo=, match. =fosse=, _see_ =ser=, p. 80. =o fossil=, fossil, § 20. 6. =fraco=, weak. FRACTIONS, § 61. =francez=, French. =a franqueza=, frankness. =fraquinho=, quite weak. =a frase=, phrase. =a frente=, front, § 144. =frequente=, frequent. =fresco=, fresh. =frigir=, to fry, § 113, p. 86. =frio=, cold. =frito=, _see_ =frigir=, p. 86. =a fructa=, _see_ =fruta=. =a fruta=, fruit, § 29. =o fruto=, fruit, § 29. =Fuão=, § 94. =fugir=, to flee. =fui=, _see_ =ser=, p. 79. =fui=, _see_ =ir=, p. 87. =o Fulano=, § 94. =fumegar=, to smoke. =o fumo=, smoke, tobacco. =o fundador=, founder. =fundar=, to found, establish. =funebre=, funereal. =o funíl=, funnel, § 20. 6. =o future=, future (_and adj._). G =o gado=, cattle. =a gallinha=, hen. =o gallinheiro=, chicken house. =o gallo=, cock. =ganhar=, to gain, earn. =o garfo=, (table) fork. =a garrafa=, bottle. =garrulento=, garrulous, talkative. =gastar=, to spend, waste. =o gato=, cat. =gelado=, frozen, cold. =o gelo=, ice. =gemedor=, sighing, moaning. GENDER OF NOUNS, § 24. =o general=, general. =generoso=, generous. =o genro=, son-in-law. =a gente=, folks, people. =gentil=, gentle, nice, kind. =o gentio=, Gentile, pagan. =geographico=, geographical. =a geologia=, geology. =geral=, general. =germinar=, to germinate, sprout. GERUND, § 107, p. 75 note. =o gesto=, gesture, movement. =gigantesco=, gigantic. =a gloria=, glory. =glorioso=, glorious. =gordo=, fat, stout. =gorgeiar=, to warble. =gostar=, to like, § 122_e_. =a gota=, drop. =o governador=, governor. =governar=, to govern. =o governo=, government. =gozar=, to enjoy. =a grammatica=, grammar. =grande=, great, large, § 44_b_, 51. =a gratidão=, gratitude. =o grau=, degree. =grave=, grave, serious. =grego=, Greek. =grosseiro=, rough, coarse. =grosso=, thick, coarse, big. =a gruta=, grotto. =o guarda=, warder; _sf._, care. =o guarda-chuva=, umbrella. =o guarda-sol=, sunshade. =a guerra=, war. =o guerreiro=, warrior. H =ha=, _see_ =haver=, p. 79, § 109_h_. =habil=, skilful, able. =a habilidade=, ability, skill. =habitar=, to inhabit, § 140. =haver=, to be, to have, § 109_a_, _c_, _h_, _o_, p. 79. =he=, _see_ =é=, § 13_a_. =o hebreu=, Hebrew (_and adj._). =hediondo=, hideous, horrid. =o hemispherio=, hemisphere. =a herança=, inheritance. =o heroe=, hero. =o hespanhol=, Spaniard; _adj._, Spanish, § 41_d_. =a historia=, history, story. =historico=, historical. =hoje=, to-day; =hoje em dia=, nowadays. =o holocausto=, holocaust. =o hombro=, shoulder. =o homem=, man. =a homenagem=, homage. =a honra=, honor, § 23. =honradamente=, honorably. =honrar=, to honor. =hontem=, yesterday. =a hora=, hour; =são tres horas=, it is three o’clock, § 64. =houve=, _see_ =haver=, p. 79. =humano=, human. =humilde=, humble. =o hypocrita=, hypocrite. =a hypothese=, hypothesis. I =ia=, _see_ =ir=, p. 87. =a idade=, age. =a idéa=, idea. =o idioma=, idiom, language. =ignobil=, ignoble. =o ignorante=, ignorant (_and adj._). =ignorar=, to be ignorant of. =a igreja=, church. =igual=, equal. =igualmente=, equally. =illicito=, illicit, unlawful. =illustre=, illustrious, § 143. =imaginar=, to imagine, think, realize. =o iman=, lodestone. =imbalar=, _see_ =embalar=, to rock. =immaculado=, immaculate. =immediatamente=, immediately. =a immensidade=, immensity. =immenso=, immense. =a immortalidade=, immortality. =impedir=, to impede, hinder, p. 87. IMPERATIVE, § 127, p. 100. =imperceptivel=, imperceptible. =o imperio=, empire. IMPERSONAL VERBS, § 121. =importante=, important. =importar=, to matter, amount to. =a importunidade=, importunity. =impresso=, _see_ =imprimir=, § 117. =imprimir=, to print. =a inanição=, absence, emptiness. =a incerteza=, uncertainty. =inchar=, to swell. =inclinado=, inclined, bowed down. =inclinar=, to incline. =incommodado=, put out, incommoded, uneasy. =incorporar=, to incorporate. =incorrigivel=, incorrigible. =indagar=, to inquire, search. INDECLINABLES, § 134. INDEFINITE ARTICLE, § 17. =a independencia=, independence. =independente=, independent. =o index=, index, § 20. 2. INDICATIVE, § 128. =o indio=, Indian. =indisposto=, ill. =o individuo=, person, individual. =indomito=, ungovernable, indomitable. =a industria=, industry. =inexgotavel=, inexhaustible. =a infamação=, slander. =a infancia=, infancy. =o infante=, infant. =infelíz=, unfortunate. =inferior=, inferior, § 44_g_, 45. =a influencia=, influence. =a informação=, information. =Inglaterra=, England. =inglez=, English, § 28_a_. =a iniciativa=, initiative. =o inimigo=, enemy. =a injuria=, abuse. =a injustiça=, injustice. =injusto=, unjust. =innumeravel=, countless. =inquieto=, unstable, unquiet. =inspirar=, to inspire. =o instante=, instant. =instinctivamente=, instinctively. =o instituto=, institute. =a instrucção=, instruction. =instructivo=, instructive. =insurgente=, uprising, insurgent, rebellious. =inteiramente=, entirely, quite. =inteiro=, entire, whole. =a intelligencia=, intelligence. =intelligente=, intelligent. =o intercessor=, intercessor. =interior=, interior, § 44_g_; _sm._, interior. INTERJECTIONS, § 146. INTERROGATION, § 138. =a intimidade=, intimacy. =a invasão=, invasion. =invencivel=, invincible. =o inverno=, winter. =invicto=, invincible, unconquerable. =invocar=, to invoke, call upon. =ir=, to go, § 109_f_, _g_, 113, 122_h_, 125_d_. =irlandez=, _adj._, _sm._, Irish, Irishman. =a irmã=, _or_ =irman=, sister. =o irmão=, brother. IRREGULAR COMPARISONS, § 45. IRREGULAR VERBS, § 110, 112, 113, pp. 81-88. =ismaelita=, Ismaelite. =isso=, this, § 85. =isto=, this, § 85. =a Italia=, Italy. J =já=, already, now. =jamais=, never, § 136. =o janeiro=, January. =a janella=, window. =o jantar=, dinner. =jantar=, to dine. =jazer=, to lie (_in the grave_), § 112. =o jazigo=, grave. =jejuar=, to fast. =João=, John. =o jogador=, player. =jogar=, to play, game. =o jogo=, game. =o joguete=, jest, plaything. =o jornal=, journal. =o jovem=, youth. =o jugo=, yoke, servitude. =o juiz=, judge. =o juizo=, judgment. =julgar=, to judge. =juncto=, _see_ =junto=. =o junho=, June. =juntamente=, jointly, together. =junto=, near, close by. =o juro=, interest (_commercial_). =justamente=, justly. =justificar=, to justify. =justo=, just. =a juventude=, youth (_age of_). K =o kilo=, kilogram. L =la=, her, it, § 65, 65_b_. =lá=, there, § 135_r_. =o labio=, lip. =o laço=, bond. =lacteo=, milky. =o lado=, side. =o ladrão=, thief, robber. =ladrar=, to bark. =a lagoa=, lake. =a lança=, lance, spear. =lançar=, to throw. =o lapis=, pencil. =o lar=, fireside, home. =largamente=, liberally. =largo=, wide, broad. =a lata=, tin can. =a lavagem=, washing. =lavar=, to wash. =o lavor=, labor, work, task. =lê=, _see_ =ler=, p. 84. =o leão=, lion. =a legua=, league. =a lei=, law. =o leite=, milk. =o leito=, bed. =a lembrança=, remembrance. =lembrar=, to remember, § 122_e_. =o leme=, rudder. =a lenha=, fire-wood. =a lente=, lens; =o lente=, lecturer. =lento=, slow. =ler=, to read, § 112, p. 84. =a letra=, letter, § 23; handwriting. LETTERS, PRONUNCIATION OF, § 1. =levantar=, to lift, get up. =levar=, to carry. =leve=, _adj._, light. =lhe=, to him, her, it, § 65_a_, 70. =li=, _see_ =ler=, p. 84. =liberal=, liberal. =a liberdade=, liberty, § 23. =a libra=, pound. =a lição=, lesson. =licito=, licit, lawful. =o licor=, liquor, drink, liquid. =a lida=, fatigue, toil. =ligar=, to unite, join. =o limão=, lemon. =limitar=, to limit. =a limonada=, lemonade. =limpar=, to clean, cleanse. =limpo=, clean. =a lingua=, tongue, language. =a literatura=, literature. =livrar=, to deliver, free. =a livraria=, library. =livre=, _adj._, free. =livremente=, freely. =o livro=, book. =lo=, § 15, 65_b_. =o lobo=, wolf. =a locação=, location. =logo=, presently, at once, just now, § 134, note. =a loja=, shop. =o lombo=, loin, roast. =longe=, far; =de longe=, afar, § 131_a_. =longo=, long. =a loteria=, lottery. =a lousa=, gravestone. =louvar=, to praise. =o lugar=, place, room. =o lume=, light. =luminoso=, luminous. =os lusiadas=, Lusiads, _see_ p. 173. =a luz=, light; =dar á luz=, to publish. =a lympha=, water (_poetic_). =lyrico=, lyric. M =ma=, _see_ =mau=. =a machina=, machine. =macho=, male, § 26_c_. =a madrinha=, godmother. =a madrugada=, dawn. =a magua=, _or_ =magoa=, grief. =o mahommetano=, Mohammedan. =a mãi=, _or_ =mãe=, mother. =maior=, greater, § 44_g_, 45. =mais=, more, § 42, 44_b_. =a majestade=, majesty, p. 116. =o mal=, evil, § 20. 4. =a mala=, mail, traveling-bag. =malcriado=, ill-bred. =a mancha=, spot, splotch. =mandar=, to order, § 124_b_. =a mandioca=, a kind of plant. =a maneira=, manner, way, § 145. =a manha=, habit; _pl._, manners. =a manhã=, _or_ =manhan=, morning. =manso=, tame, gentle. =a manteiga=, butter. =a mão=, hand. =o mappa=, map. =o mar=, sea. =a maravilha=, marvel. =marcar=, to mark. =o março=, March. =a maré=, tide. =o marfim=, ivory. =o maribondo=, wasp. =o marido=, husband. =maritimo=, belonging to the sea. =o marmelo=, quince. =o martello=, hammer. =o martyr=, martyr. =mas=, but. =mascar=, to chew. MASCULINE NOUNS, § 25. =a massa=, mass, dough. =mastigar=, to chew. =a mata=, forest, weeds, jungle. =matar=, to kill. =a materia=, matter, material. =o mato=, forest. =mau=, bad, § 41_g_. =o mauro=, _or_ =mouro=, moor; _adj._, moorish. =o mausoléu=, mausoleum. =me=, me, § 65, 67. =o medico=, physician. =medir=, to measure, § 113, p. 87. =a meia=, stocking. =o meiado=, middle. =o meio=, middle, means; half, § 61. =o mel=, honey, § 20. 5. =melhor=, better, § 45. =melhorar=, to improve. =a memoria=, memory, memoir. =mencionar=, to mention. =a menina=, girl. =o menino=, boy. =menor=, smaller, § 45. =menos=, less, § 45. =mente=, § 134_c_, _d_. =a mentira=, lie, falsehood. =mentiroso=, lying. =a mercê=, mercy, § 66. =merecer=, to merit. =o merecimento=, merit. =o merito=, merit, desert. =a mesa=, table. =mesmo=, same, § 39_b_, 44_c_, 92, 93, 135_j_. MESOCLITICS, § 72_b_. =o mestre=, master, teacher. =a metade=, half. =o metro=, meter. =metter=, to put, place. =meu=, =minha=, etc., _pro._, § 76. =o mez=, month. =a mica=, mica. =mil=, one thousand. =o milesimo=, thousandth. =milhão=, million. =os milhares=, thousands. =o milho=, (Indian) corn. =o milreis=, milreis. =mim=, me, § 65, 67. =a mina=, mine. =o mineiro=, miner. =minimo=, smallest, least, § 45. =o ministro=, minister. =o minuto=, minute. =a miseria=, want. =a misericordia=, pity. =misturar=, to mix, mingle. =a moça=, young woman. =a mocidade=, youth. =o moço=, young man. =a moda=, fashion. MODEL VERBS, § 107. =a moderação=, moderation. =modernamente=, lately. =a modestia=, modesty. =modesto=, modest. =o modo=, manner. =a molestia=, sickness. =molhado=, wet, § 23. =o momento=, moment. =a monarchia=, monarchy. =a montanha=, mountain. =o monte=, hill, heap. =a morada=, dwelling-place. =moral=, moral. =moralisar=, to moralize, improve. =o morango=, strawberry. =moreno=, dark brown. =morrer=, to die, § 122_e_. =o morro=, hill. =mortal=, mortal. =a morte=, death. =o morto=, dead (man) (_and adj._). =a mosca=, fly, § 26_c_. =o mosteiro=, monastery. =mostrar=, to show. =mover=, to move. =o movimento=, movement. =a mucama=, female house servant. =mudar=, to change, alter. =mui=, very. =muito=, _adj._, _adv._, many, much, very, § 53, 135_e_. =a mulher=, woman. =a mulherona=, large woman, § 34. =a multidão=, multitude. MULTIPLICATION, § 62. =o mundo=, world. =o murmurio=, purling. =a musa=, muse. =o musgo=, moss. =a musica=, music. =o musulmano=, Mussulman. =o myope=, near-sighted person. =mysterioso=, mysterious. N =na=, =nas=, in the, § 15_c_. =a nação=, nation. =nacional=, national. =nada=, nothing, § 136. =namorado=, enamored. =não=, not, no, § 135_g_. =o narigão=, big nose, § 35. =o nariz=, nose. NASAL SOUNDS, § 4. =nascente=, dawning. =nascer=, to be born, rise (_sun_). =natural=, natural. =a natureza=, nature. =a náu=, ship. =a navegação=, navigation. =navegar=, to navigate, sail. =o navio=, ship. =necessariamente=, necessarily. =necessario=, necessary. NEGATION, § 100_e_, 136, 137. =o negociante=, merchant. =o negocio=, business, affair. =o negro=, black, negro (_and adj._). =nem=, neither, nor, § 136. =nenhum=, no, neither, § 18, 100_d_, 101. =o neto=, grandson. =ninguem=, no one, § 100. =o ninho=, nest. =a nitidez=, nicety, neatness. =o nivel=, level. =no=, =nos=, in the, § 15_c_, 88. =nobre=, noble. =a noite=, night; =de noite=, by night, § 134. =a noiva=, bride. =o nomade=, wanderer; _adj._, wandering. =o nome=, name. =nomear=, to appoint. =nono=, ninth. =a nora=, daughter-in-law. =o norte=, north. =o norte-americano=, _adj._, North American. =nós=, we, § 65, 67. =nosso=, our, § 76. =notavel=, noteworthy, § 44. II, 143. =as noticias=, news. =notorio=, evident, manifest. NOUNS, § 19. NOUNS OF OPPOSITE SEX, § 28. NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES, SYNTAX, § 47-53. =nove=, nine. =o novembro=, November. =a novidade=, novelty, news. =novinho=, quite new, § 46. =novo=, new. =num=, =numa=, =nuns=, in a, etc., § 18. NUMERALS, § 17 note, 55, 63. =o numero=, number. =numeroso=, numerous. =nunca=, never. O =o=, =a=, that, § 87. =o=, =a=, =os=, =as=, him, her, it, them, _pro._, § 65. =o=, =a=, =os=, =as=, _art._, the, § 14, 15, 16. OBJECTS OF VERBS, § 123. =a obra=, work, deed. =a obrigação=, obligation. =obrigado=, obliged. =obrigar=, to oblige. =obrigatorio=, obligatory. =obsequioso=, obsequious, obliging. =a occasião=, occasion. =occasionar=, to cause, occasion. =o occidente=, west. =o oceano=, ocean. =o odio=, hate, hatred. =o oeste=, west. =a offensa=, offense. =offerecer=, to offer. =o officio=, trade, office. =oito=, eight. =olhar=, to look, § 122_h_. =o olho=, eye. =olvidar=, to forget. =a omissão=, omission. =a onça=, panther, § 26_c_; ounce (_weight_). =a onda=, wave. =onde=, where. =onze=, eleven. =a opinião=, opinion. =a oppressão=, oppression. =a opulencia=, wealth. =opulento=, opulent, rich. =ora=, now, nevertheless. =o orador=, orator. =orar=, to pray, make a speech. =a ordem=, order. =ordenar=, to direct. ORDINALS, § 59. =ordinariamente=, ordinarily. =ordinario=, commonplace. =o orfão=, _or_ =orphão=, orphan, p. 9. =oriental=, oriental, eastern. =o oriente=, orient, east. =original=, original. ORTHOGRAPHY, § 13. =a ortiga=, thistle. =o osso=, bone. =ou=, or, § 145_b_. =ouço=, _see_ =ouvir=, p. 87. =o ouro=, gold. =o outeiro=, hill. =outrem=, another, § 89. =outro=, other, § 89, 90, 91. =o outubro=, October. =ouvir=, to hear, § 113, 124_b_. =o ovo=, egg. P =a paciencia=, patience. =padecer=, to suffer, endure. =o padre=, priest. =pagar=, to pay. =o pagem=, page (_boy_). =a pagina=, page (_of book_). =o pai=, father; _pl._, parents. =pais=, _see_ =paiz=. =a paixão=, passion. =o paiz=, country. =a palavra=, word. =a palha=, straw. =o palitó=, coat. =a palmeira=, palm tree. =o palmito=, small palm. =a palpebra=, eyelid. =o pampa=,[82] plain. =a pancada=, blow, beating, dash (_of rain_). =o panno=, cloth. =o pão=, bread, loaf. =o papa=, pope. =o papagaio=, parrot. =o papel=, paper, roll, § 20, 5. =o par=, par, pair. =para=, for, to, § 122_h_, 135_n_, 141_r_. =pardo=, gray; _but_ =homem pardo=, mulatto. =parecer=, to appear, seem, § 126_c_. =a parede=, wall. =o parente=, kinsman, relative. =a parte=, part, § 23. =particular=, private. =partir=, to depart, start, § 107, pp. 72-74. =o passado=, past. =o passageiro=, passenger. =passar=, to pass. =o passaro=, bird. =passear=, to stroll, walk (_for pleasure_). =o passo=, step. =paterno=, paternal. =o patio=, courtyard, yard. =a patria=, one’s country, native land. =patrio=, paternal, national. =o patriota=, patriot. =o pau=, wood, tree. =a paz=, peace. =o pé=, foot. =o pecego=, peach. =peço=, _see_ =pedir=, p. 87. =o pedaço=, piece. =pedir=, to ask for, request, p. 87. =a pedra=, stone. =o Pedro=, Peter. =pegar=, to catch. =peior=, worse, _see_ =mau=, § 44_g_, 45. =o peito=, breast. =o peixe=, fish. =pela=, =pelo=, by the, § 15_d_, 88, 143. =a pena=, trouble, grief. =penetrar=, to penetrate. =a peninsula=, peninsula. =a penna=, feather, pen. =o pensamento=, thought, idea. =pensar=, to think. =o pente=, comb. PENULT ACCENTED, § 9_c_. =pequeno=, small; _sm._, small boy. =perceber=, to perceive. =percorrer=, to pass through _or_ over. =a perdão=, pardon. =perder=, to lose, p. 84. =perdoar=, to pardon. =a peregrinação=, pilgrimage. =o peregrino=, pilgrim, traveler. =perfeitamente=, perfectly. =perfeito=, perfect. =perguntar=, to ask, inquire. =o perigo=, danger. PERIPHRASTIC VERB-PHRASES, § 125. =permittir=, to permit. =a perola=, pearl. =perpetuamente=, _adv._, perpetually. =perpetuo=, perpetual. =perseguir=, to pursue. PERSONAL INFINITIVE, § 133. =a perspectiva=, prospect. =pertencer=, to belong. =perto=, near. =o peru=, turkey. =pesado=, heavy. =pescar=, to fish. =o pescoço=, neck. =o peso=, weight. =pessimo=, worst, § 45. =a pessôa=, person. =a petição=, petition. =phantastico=, _see_ =fantastico=. =a pharmacia=, pharmacy. =philosophal=, =pedra philosophal=, philosopher’s stone. =a philosophia=, philosophy. =o philosopho=, philosopher. PHONETIC SPELLING, § 13. =a phrase=, _see_ =frase=. =a picada=, path. =a pimenta=, pepper. =pinchar=, to blow up, dismount. =o pinheiro=, pine tree. =pintar=, to paint, § 124_c_. =o pinto=, chick. =o pintor=, painter. =o pires=, saucer, § 20_b_. =pisar=, _or_ =pizar=, to tread, grind. =a piscina=, baptismal font. =a planicie=, plain. =a planta=, plant. =plantar=, to plant. =pleno=, full. PLURAL ADJECTIVES, § 40. PLURALS, § 20. =o pó=, dust, powder. =pobre=, poor. =a pobreza=, poverty. =poder=, to be able, may, can, § 112, p. 84. =o poder=, power. =o poderio=, power. =poderoso=, powerful. =o poema=, poem. =o poeta=, poet. =pois=, why, then; =pois não=, certainly. =poisar=, to rest, repose, alight, perch; stay all night. =politico=, political. =ponho=, _see_ =por=, p. 84. =a ponta=, point, end. =a ponte=, bridge. =o ponto=, point, place. =a população=, population. =por=, by, for, § 135_a_, _o_, 143. =pôr=, to put, place, § 112, p. 84. =o porco=, hog, pork. =porem=, but. =porque=, why, § 138. =a porta=, door. =portanto=, consequently. =o porto=, port. =portuguez=, _adj._, Portuguese; _sm._, Portuguese language. =positivo=, positive. =possivel=, possible. =posso=, _see_ =poder=, p. 84. =possuir=, to possess. =postiço=, false, not natural. =posto=, _see_ =pôr=, § 100_f_, p. 85. =pouco=, few, § 53. =pousar=, _see_ =poisar=. =o povo=, people. =a povoação=, village, settlement. =povoar=, to people, p. 112 note. =a praça=, square; =assentar praça=, enlist. =o prado=, meadow, green field. =o prata=, silver. =o prato=, plate. =o prazer=, pleasure. =prazer=, to please, _impersonal_, _see_ § 112, p. 85. =preceder=, to precede, § 124_c_. =precioso=, precious. =precipitar=, to precipitate. =precisar=, to need, be necessary, § 122_e_. =preciso=, necessary. =o pregão=, proclamation. =pregar=, to nail. =a preguiça=, laziness. =preguiçoso=, lazy. =o premio=, reward. =prender=, to seize, capture. =preoccupar=, to preoccupy. PREPOSITIONAL IDIOMS, § 144. PREPOSITIONS, 139. =o presente=, present (_and adj._). =prestar=, to lend; =não presta para nada=, it is of no use. =pretender=, to expect, aim at, design, intend. =o preto=, black; negro. =prever=, to foresee. =primeiro=, first. =o primor=, beauty, perfection. =a princeza=, princess. =o principe=, prince. =principiar=, to begin, § 123_d_. =a privação=, privation. =a proa=, prow. =a probidade=, uprightness. =o problema=, problem. PROCLITICS, § 72_a_. =procurar=, to seek, search for. =produzir=, to produce, yield, § 110_b_. =o professor=, (male) teacher. =a professora=, (female) teacher. =profundo=, deep, profound. PROGRESSIVE PHRASES, § 123_d_. =o progresso=, progress. =promover=, to encourage, promote. =prompto=, _see_ =pronto=. PRONOUNS, DEMONSTRATIVE, § 84. PRONOUNS, DETERMINATIVE, § 89. PRONOUNS, INDEFINITE, § 100. PRONOUNS, INTERROGATIVE, § 95. PRONOUNS, PERSONAL, § 65. PRONOUNS, POSSESSIVE, § 76-83. PRONOUNS, RELATIVE, § 96. =pronto=, ready. =proposito=, on purpose, § 144. =a propriedade=, property. =proprio=, proper, own, itself, § 39_b_, 139_a_. =proseguir=, to go on, continue. =proteger=, to protect. =prospero=, prosperous. =prouve=, _see_ =prazer=, p. 85. =a providencia=, providence. =a provincia=, province. =proximo=, near. =a prudencia=, prudence. =prudente=, prudent. =publico=, public. =pugnar=, to fight, contend. =punir=, to punish. =puro=, pure. =pus=, _see_ =pôr=, p. 84. Q =a quadra=, season. =o quadro=, picture, square. =quadruplo=, quadruple. =quaes=, _see_ =qual=. =qual=, which, § 93, 95, 96, 97, 98. =a qualidade=, quality. =qualquer=, either, whichever. =quando=, when; =quando muito=, at most. =a quantidade=, quantity. QUANTITY, § 10. =quanto=, how much, § 100_g_; =em quanto=, while, § 100_i_. =quão=, how. =quarenta=, forty. =a quarta-feira=, Wednesday. =o quarto=, room. =quasi=, almost. =quatorze=, fourteen. =quatro=, four, § 55. =que=, how, § 134_f_. =que=, than, § 145. =que=, what, who, which, § 95, 96, 97, 102_a_, _b_. =quebrar=, to break. =o queijo=, cheese. =queimar=, to burn. =queixar=, to complain, § 126_b_. =quem=, who, § 95, 96, 98. =quemquer=, anybody, whoever, § 100_a_. =querer=, to wish, want, § 112, p. 85, § 122_b_. =querido=, dear, beloved. =a questão=, question. =quiça=, who knows, perhaps, § 134_b_. =quieto=, quiet. =a quinta-feira=, Thursday. =quinze=, fifteen. =quiz=, _see_ =querer=, p. 85. R =a rã=, _see_ =ran=. =a raça=, race. =a rainha=, queen. =a raiva=, rage. =o ramo=, branch. =a ran=, frog, § 26_c_. =a rapariga=, girl. =o rapaz=, boy, fellow. =rapidamente=, rapidly. =raro=, rare. =rasgar=, to tear. =o rato=, rat. =a razão=, reason. =real=, royal; _sm._, real, § 20. 4. =realisar=, to realize. =realmente=, really, genuinely, indeed. =o recado=, word, errand, order. =recear=, to apprehend, fear. =receber=, to receive. =o recem-chegado=, newcomer. =a recompensa=, reward. =o reconhecimento=, gratitude. =a rede=, net, hammock. =a redea=, rein. =redímo=, _see_ =remir=, p. 87. =redor=, around, § 144. =reduzir=, to reduce. REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS, § 67. REFLEXIVE VERBS, § 126. =o reflexo=, reflex. =o refolho=, fold. =reforçar=, to grow strong. =a reforma=, reform. =regalar=, to feast, entertain. =regar=, to irrigate, wet. =reger=, to rule, govern, guide. =a região=, region. =o regimento=, rule. =regressar=, to return. REGULAR VERBS, § 104, 106, 108. =a rehabilitação=, rehabilitation. =o rei=, king. =o reinado=, reign. =o reino=, kingdom. =a relação=, relation; court. RELATED NOUNS, § 28-29. RELATIVE SUPERLATIVE, § 43. =o relatorio=, report. =a reliquia=, relic. =o relogio=, watch, clock. =o remedio=, remedy. =a reminiscencia=, reminiscence. =remir=, to redeem, p. 87. =a remissão=, pardon. =o remorso=, remorse. =renovar=, to renew. =repartir=, to divide. a =repetição=, repetition. =repetir=, to repeat. =repousar=, to rest, repose. =reprehender=, to reprehend. =requerer=, to request, § 112. =o requinte=, climax, height. =a resina=, resin. =a resistencia=, resistance. =resistir=, to resist. =o respeito=, respect. =respirar=, to breathe, blow gently. =responder=, to reply, respond. =responsavel=, responsible, § 143. =restar=, to rest, remain. =resumir=, to resume. =retirar=, to retire, withdraw. =o retiro=, retreat. =retribuir=, to reward. =reunir=, to rejoin, unite. =a reverencia=, reverence. =reverendo=, reverend. =a revista=, review. =a revolução=, revolution. =o ribeirão=, gulch. =o ribeiro=, brook, creek. =rico=, rich, § 44_a_. =o rio=, river. =a riqueza=, riches, wealth. =rir=, to laugh, § 113, p. 87. =robusto=, robust. =a roca=, rock. =a rocha=, rock. =a roda=, wheel; =a roda de=, § 144. =rodar=, to roll. =rogar=, to ask. =a romaria=, pilgrimage. =a rosa=, rose. =o rosto=, face. =roubar=, to rob, steal. =a roupa=, clothing. =a rua=, street. =o rubi=, ruby. =a rudeza=, rudeness. =ruim=, bad. =o rumo=, direction, bearing. =rural=, rural. S =S.= = =São=, =Santo=, _q. v._ =o sabbado=, Saturday. =a sabedoria=, wisdom. =saber=, to know, § 112, p. 85. =o sabiá=, robin. =o sabio=, wise man; _adj._, wise. =o sacrificio=, sacrifice. =a sacristia=, sacristy, vestry. =sagrado=, sacred. =sahir=, to go out, § 110, p. 82. =o sal=, salt. =a sala=, hall, large room. =saldar=, to close, balance (_accounts_). =salgar=, to salt. =saltar=, to jump. =salutar=, salutary. =sam=, _see_ =são=, § 13_a_. =sanctificado=, _pp._, sanctified. =o sangue=, blood. =sanguinoso=, bloody. =a santidade=, holiness. =santo=, _or_ =sancto=, holy, saint, § 51. =são=, saint; sound, § 41_b_, p. 116 note. =são=, _see_ =ser=, § 109, p. 79. =o sapato=, shoe. =a sapiencia=, wisdom. =satisfeito=, satisfied. =a saudade=, longing. =saudoso=, longing, yearning. =a sciencia=, science. =scismar=, to be apprehensive _or_ pensive. =se=, _pro._, § 65, 67, 74. =sê=, _see_ =ser=, p. 79. =a secca=, drought. =secco=, dry, § 23. =secreto=, secret. =o seculo=, century. =a seda=, silk. =a sêde=, thirst; =a sede=, seat. =seguir=, to follow, § 108_g_, 124_c_; =seguir viagem=, go on. =a segunda-feira=, Monday. =segundo=, second. =a segurança=, safety, security. =sei=, _see_ =saber=, p. 85. =o seio=, bosom. =seis=, six. =seja=, _see_ =ser=, § 102, 109. =o sello=, (postage) stamp, seal. =a selva=, woods. =o selvagem=, savage. =sem=, without. =a semana=, week. =semear=, to sow, plant. =semelhante=, such, similar. =sempre=, always. =o senador=, senator. =senão=, except. =o senhor=, gentleman, sir, mister; you, § 66. =a senhora=, lady, madam, Mrs., § 66, 66_a_, 135_g_. =a senhoria=, lordship, § 66. =o senhorio=, domain; owner of a property. =sensato=, sensible. =sentar=, to seat. =o sentido=, sense, meaning. =sentir=, to feel, § 124_a_. =o sepulchro=, sepulcher. =a sepultura=, burial. =ser=, to be, § 109, p. 79, § 124_a_. =sereno=, serene; _sm._, dew. =serio=, serious. =a serra=, mountain range. =o sertão=, interior, backwoods. =o serviço=, service. =servir=, to serve, § 108_g_. =o servo=, servant. =sete=, seven. =o setembro=, September. =setimo=, seventh, § 59_b_. =seu=, his, her, your, § 76. =o sexo=, sex. =a sexta-feira=, Friday. =sexto=, sixth. =si=, if, whether. =si=, _pro._, § 67, 74. =sido=, _see_ =ser=, § 109, p. 81. =o signal=, sign. =o silencio=, silence. =sim=, yes, § 135_f_, _g_. SIMILAR WORDS, § 148. =simples=, single, simple, § 51. =singular=, singular. =sinto=, _see_ =sentir=. =situado=, _pp._, situated. SLANG, § 7. =só=, =somente=, only. =sob=, below, § 144. =sobre=, over, on, about. =a sobremesa=, dessert. =a sobriedade=, sobriety. =o sofá=, sofa. =soffrer=, to suffer. =o soffrimento=, suffering. =o sol=, sun. =a sola=, sole (_leather_). =o soldado=, soldier. =soletrar=, to spell. =o solo=, soil. =soltar=, to loose. =a solução=, solution. =a sombra=, shade, shadow. =o somno=, sleep. =sonhar=, to dream. =o sonho=, dream. =o sopro=, breath. =o sorriso=, smile. =a sorte=, lot, fate, manner. =o sorvedouro=, gulf, vortex. =sosinho=, quite alone. =sou=, _see_ =ser=, p. 79. =soube=, _see_ =saber=, p. 85. SPECIAL USES OF VERBS, § 124. =sua=, his, her, its, § 76. =suavamente=, softly. =subir=, to climb, § 122_i_. SUBJECTS OF VERBS, § 120, p. 91. =subjugar=, to overcome. SUBJUNCTIVE, p. 74, § 127, 128, pp. 100, 101. =sublime=, sublime. =o successo=, result, outcome, success. =o sudario=, shroud. SUFFIXES, § 32, 33. =a suggestão=, suggestion. =a Suissa=, Switzerland. =sujeitar=, to subject. =sujo=, dirty, soiled. =o sul=, south. =sumir=, to disappear. =superior=, higher, § 44_g_, 45. =superno=, excellent (_old form of_ =supremo=). =a superstição=, superstition. =o supplicante=, petitioner. =suppor=, to suppose, § 125_c_. =supremo=, final, supreme. =surdo=, deaf. =o surdo-mudo=, deaf-mute. =suscitar=, to raise up, rouse up. =a suspeita=, suspicion. =o suspiro=, sigh. =o sussurro=, murmur. =sustentar=, to sustain. =a syllaba=, syllable. SYLLABICATION, § 11. =o symptoma=, symptom. =a synagoga=, synagogue. SYNCRETIC FORMS, § 13_b_. T =a taboa=, board. =taciturno=, silent, taciturn. =tal=, such, § 93, 94. =o talento=, talent. =a talhada=, slice. =o talião=, retribution, reprisal. =talvez=, perhaps, § 129, p. 101. =tamanho=, so large, so great. =tambem=, also, § 134_b_. =tanto=, as much, as many, § 89, 100_f_, _g_. =tão=, so. =tarde=, late. =te=, thee, § 65_b_, 67. =a telha=, tile. =tem=, _see_ =ter=, p. 79. =o temor=, fear, dread. =o tempero=, seasoning (_of food_). =o templo=, temple. =o tempo=, time, weather. =o temporal=, storm. =tenho=, _see_ =ter=, p. 79. =tenro=, tender. =a tentação=, temptation. =ter=, to have, § 109_a_, _d_, _o_, p. 79, § 126_a_. =a terça-feira=, Tuesday. =o terceiro=, third. =o terço=, third, § 61. =a terra=, earth. =o terreno=, land, ground. =terrivel=, terrible. =teu=, _pro._, thy, § 76. =o thesouro=, treasure. THIRD PERSON, § 66. =ti=, to thee, § 65, 67. =a tia=, aunt. =tido=, _see_ =ter=, p. 79. =o tigre=, tiger, § 26_b_. =o tijolo=, brick. =a tinta=, ink. =o tio=, uncle. =tirar=, to take off, out _or_ away. =o tiro=, shot. =o titulo=, title. =tive=, _see_ =ter=, p. 79. =tocar=, to touch. =todo=, all, § 100_h_; =de todo=, entirely, § 144. =o tolo=, fool. =tomar=, to take. TONE ACCENT, § 9. =torcer=, to twist. =o tormento=, torture. =tornar=, to return. _Before another verb with_ =a= _it means to repeat_: =tornei a visitar=, ‘I visited again.’ =torpe=, base, vile. =a torrente=, torrent. =torto=, twisted, wrong, crooked, § 134_a_. =tortuoso=, crooked. =o trabalhador=, workman. =trabalhar=, to work. =o trabalho=, work, labor. =trabalhoso=, laborious. =a traça=, moth-worm. =traduzir=, to translate. =trago=, _see_ =trazer=, p. 86. =tratar=, to treat of, care for. =trazer=, to fetch, bring, § 112, p. 86. =o trem=, train. =tremulo=, trembling. =tres=, three. =as trevas=, darkness, § 21. =treze=, thirteen. =a tribu=, tribe. =o tributo=, tribute. =a trilha=, track. =o trilho=, rail (_of railway_). =trinta=, thirty. =triplado=, } triple, § 62_b_. =triplo=, } =triste=, sad. =a tristeza=, sadness. =o troco=, change, exchange. =a trombeta=, trumpet. =o tronco=, trunk (_of tree_). =trouxe=, _see_ =trazer=, p. 86. =o trovador=, troubadour. =trovejar=, to thunder. =tu=, thou, § 65. =tua=, thy, § 76. =tudo=, all, § 100_c_. =a tumba=, hearse. =o tumulo=, tomb. =tupi=, Indian (Brazilian). =a turba=, rabble. =o turco=, Turk. U =ultimo=, last. =o ultramar=, over seas, beyond the seas. =um=, } =uma=, } one, a, § 17, 91. =ungir=, to anoint. =unico=, only, single. =unir=, to unite. =o universo=, universe. UNRELATED NOUNS, § 28_c_, 31. =uns=, some, § 17, 100_a_. =usar=, to use. =a usina=, factory. =o uso=, use. =util=, useful. V =va=, _see_ =ir=, p. 87. =a vacca=, cow. =vadiar=, to idle. =vae=, _see_ =ir=, p. 87. =o vagar=, leisure; =de vagar=, slowly. =a vaidade=, vanity. =valente=, strong. =valer=, to be worth, p. 86. =valeroso=, brave, valorous. =valho=, _see_ =valer=, p. 86. =a vantagem=, advantage. =vão=, vain, § 41_b_. =vão=, _see_ =ir=, p. 87. =o vapor=, steam, steamer. =a varanda=, veranda. VARIABLE MEANINGS, § 23. VARIABLE PARTICIPLES, § 114, p. 88. =a varzea=, plain. =vasto=, vast. =o veado=, deer. =a vegetação=, vegetation. =a veiga=, meadow. =vejo=, _see_ =ver=, § 112, p. 86. =a vela=, sail. =a velhice=, old age. =velho=, old; _sm._, old man. =vem=, _see_ =vir=, § 113, p. 88. =vencedor=, victorious, conquering. =vencer=, to conquer, vanquish. =vender=, to sell. =o venerador=, venerator. =veneravel=, venerable. =venho=, _see_ =vir=, § 113, p. 88. =o vento=, wind. =a ventura=, good fortune, luck. =ver=, to see, § 112, p. 86. VERBS, § 103. VERBS, AUXILIARY, § 109. VERBS, IRREGULAR, § 110. VERBS, MODEL, § 107. VERBS, REGULAR, § 106. =a verdade=, truth. =verdadeiramente=, truly. =verdadeiro=, true, genuine, real. =verde=, green. =a vergonha=, shame. =vermelho=, red. =a versão=, version. =o verso=, verse. =o vestigio=, trace. =vestir=, to put on, dress, § 122_i_, 124_c_. =a vez=, time, § 62. =vi=, _see_ =ver=, p. 86. =a via=, way. =a viagem=, voyage, trip. =viajar=, to travel. =viçar=, to grow rank. =viciar=, to demoralize, vitiate. =o vicio=, vice. =vicioso=, vicious. =a victima=, victim. =a victoria=, victory. =a vida=, life. =vil=, vile, base, bad. =a villa=, town, city. =vim=, _see_ =vir=, p. 88. =o vinho=, wine. =vinte=, twenty. =a vintena=, score. =violento=, violent. =vir=, to come, § 109_n_, p. 88, § 122_h_. =a virgem=, virgin. =a virtude=, virtue. =visitar=, to visit. =a vista=, view, sight, § 134_a_. =visto=, _pp. of_ =ver=, p. 86, § 145. =o vituperio=, disgrace, shame. =a viuva=, widow. =viver=, to live, exist. =vivo=, alive. =a vizinhança=, neighborhood. =o vizinho=, neighbor. =o vocabulo=, word. =a vocação=, vocation. =você=, you, § 66, 147. =a vogal=, vowel. =volcão=, _see_ =vulcão=. =voltar=, to return, turn to. =o volume=, volume. =a vontade=, will, wish, desire. =vos=, ye, you, § 65, 66_d_, 67. =vosso=, your, § 76. =votar=, to vote, devote, vow. =vou=, _see_ =ir=, p. 87. VOWELS, § 2. =a voz=, voice. =o vulcão=, volcano. =vulgar=, popular, well known. Z =o zelo=, zeal, _pl._, § 23. =a zona=, zone, region. FOOTNOTES: [82] This word is feminine in Argentine Spanish from which it is introduced. In Rio Grande do Sul, where it is likewise used, it is masculine. ENGLISH-PORTUGUESE VOCABULARY A =aboard=, a bordo; =go aboard=, embarcar. =about=: =talk about=, de; =discourse about=, sobre; =look about=, em roda; =think about=, em; =walk about the streets=, passear pelas ruas. =accident=, o disastre. =account=, a conta. =acquainted with=, conhecer. =advice=, o conselho. =afterwards=, depois. =again=, mais, outra vez. =ago=, =a year ago=, ha um anno, § 64. =agreeable=, agradavel. =all=, todo -a, § 144. =always=, sempre. =American=, americano. =and=, e. =animal=, o animal. =another=, outro. =around=, em roda. =arrange=, arranjar, concluir, combinar. =arrest=, prender. =arrive=, chegar. =ask=, pedir, rogar, perguntar, convidar (see _Portuguese definitions_). =at=, a, § 141. =awake=, accordar. =away=, embora, fora; =far away=, longe. B =back= (=come=), voltar. =bad=, mau, § 41_g_. =bar=, a barra (_of stream_). =baroness=, a baroneza. =bath=, o banho. =be=, estar, § 109, p. 79, § 125_b_; ser, § 109, p. 79, § 156_b_. =beautiful=, bonito, bello. =before=, antes (_in time_); adiante (_in space_). =begin=, principiar. =believe=, acreditar. =best=, o melhor, § 45. =better=, melhor, § 45. =big=, grande. =black=, preto. =blind=, cego. =blow=, soprar, ventar, fazer vento. =book=, o livro. =boot=, a bota, a botina. =both=, ambos, os dois, um e outro, § 90_a_. =box=, a caixa, o caixão, p. 130 note. =boy=, o menino. =Brazilian=, brazileiro _or_ brasileiro. =bread=, o pão. =breakfast=, o almoço. =bring=, trazer. =brother=, o irmão. =business=, o negocio. =busy=, occupado. =but=, mas, porem, apenas. =buy=, comprar. C =can=, poder, p. 84. =candle=, a vela. =capital=, o, a capital, § 31. =case=, o caso. =cat=, o gato. =certainty=, a certeza. =chair=, a cadeira. =change=, mudar, trocar. =cheap=, barato. =city=, a cidade. =close=, fechar, tapar. =coffee=, o café. =cold=, frio. =come=, vir, p. 88, § 122_h_. =consul=, o cónsul. =contented=, contente. =cost=, custar. =country=, o paiz. =cover=, cobrir. =cow=, a vacca. =crooked=, torto. =curate=, o cura. =custom=, o costume. D =dark=, escuro. =daughter=, a filha. =dear=, caro. =decide=, decidir. =deck= (=on deck=), a ponte. =deep=, profundo. =dependent=, dependente. =deputy=, o deputado. =die=, morrer. =different=, differente. =difficult=, difficil. =difficulty=, a difficuldade. =dining-room=, a sala de jantar. =dinner=, o jantar. =direction=, o rumo. =do=, fazer, § 112, 124_c_. =docile=, docil. =dog=, o cachorro, o cão. =door=, a porta. =doubt=, a duvida. =dress=, vestir. =drop=, a gota. =drown=, afogar. =duck=, o pato. E =each=, cada, cada um, § 100_f_. =easy=, facil. =egg=, o ovo. =either=, qualquer, § 100_a_; =either ... or=, ou ... ou, § 145_b_. =elect=, eleger. =else=, outro. =embark=, embarcar. =employment=, o emprego. =English=, inglez. =enough=, bastante; =it is enough=, basta. =enter=, entrar. =esteem=, estimar. =everything=, tudo, § 100_c_. =extinct=, extincto. F =fashion=, a moda. =father=, o pai. =feather=, a penna. =federal=, federal. =fellow=, o rapaz, companheiro. =fetch=, trazer. =fever=, a febre. =field=, o campo, a roça. =fish=, o peixe. =fish hook=, o anzol. =flower=, a flor. =follow=, seguir. =foot=, o pé. =fork=, o garfo. =fortune=, a fortuna. =four=, quatro, § 59. =friend=, o amigo. =fruit=, a fruta, § 29. =fry=, frigir, § 115. G =get= (=there=), chegar. =girl=, a menina, a rapariga, a moça. =give=, dar. =glass=, o copo. =go=, ir, § 109_g_, 113, 125_d_. =good=, bom, boa, § 41_g_, 45. =great=, grande. H =half=, a metade, meio. =handsome=, bonito, bello. =hard=, difficil, duro. =hat=, o chapeo. =have=, ter, § 109, p. 79; haver, § 109_a_, p. 79. =health=, a saude. =help=, o remedio. =hen=, a gallinha. =her=, ella, § 65; seu, § 76. =here=, aqui, cá, § 135_a_, _b_. =hill=, o morro. =his=, seu, sua, etc., § 76. =home=, a casa, o domicilio. =hope=, esperar. =horse=, o cavallo. =hot=, (=to be=), fazer calor, § 121. =hour=, a hora. =house=, a casa. =how=, como. =how much=, quanto, § 100_f_, _g_. =hunger=, a fome. =hungry=, com fome, § 122_d_. I =I=, eu, § 65, 66_c_. =if=, si. =immediately=, logo, já. =important=, importante. =impress=, impressionar. =in=, em, no, na, § 15_c_, 122_g_, 134_a_, 137. =invite=, convidar. =it=, elle, ella, § 65. J =John=, João. =just now=, § 135_q_. K =kill=, matar. =knife=, a faca; =penknife=, o canivete. =knock=, batter. =know=, saber, p. 85; conhecer (_be acquainted with_). L =lady=, a senhora. =land=, o paiz, a terra. =lard=, a banha. =large=, grande. =law=, a lei. =lazy=, preguiçoso. =leave=, deixar, sahir, partir, afastar-se. =lens=, a lente. =lesson=, a lição. =letter=, a carta, a letra. =light=, ascender. =like=, gostar. =likely to=, capaz de. =Lisbon=, Lisboa. =little=, pequeno; pouco, § 100_f_. =live= (_dwell_), morar. =loaf= (_of bread_), o pão. =long=, comprido. =lose=, perder. =loud=, alto, forte. =love=, amar. =low=, baixo. M =make=, fazer. =man=, o homem. =match=, o fosforo. =may=, poder, p. 84. =me=, me, mim, § 65, 67. =meat=, a carne. =mend=, concertar. =merchant=, o negociante. =mine=, _pro._, meu, § 76. =mine=, a mina. =minute=, o minuto. =moment=, o momento. =money=, o dinheiro. =more=, mais, § 42, 44_b_, _f_, 45. =morning=, a manhã. =most=, o mais. =mother=, a mãi. =mountain=, a serra, a montanha. =much=, muito. =mud=, a lama. =my=, meu, minha, etc., § 76. N =napkin=, o guardanapo. =nation=, a nação. =near=, perto. =necessary=, preciso, necessario. =neighbor=, o vizinho. =neither ... nor=, nem um nem outro, § 136, 145_c_. =never=, nunca. =new=, novo. =next=, proximo; =next day=, dia seguinte. =night=, a noite. =no=, não, § 135_g_. =nobody=, ninguem. =noise=, o barulho. =no matter=, não faz mal, não importa. =no one=, ninguem, § 100. =nor=, nem, § 136, 145_c_. =not=, não, § 135_g_; nem, § 136. =notable=, notavel. =nothing=, nada. =now=, agora. =nowadays=, hoje em dia, § 134_a_. O =obliged=, obrigado. =occasion=, a occasião. =o’clock=, horas, § 64. =of=, de, § 122_e_, _f_, 124_c_, 134, 139, 144. =officer=, o official. =old=, velho, antigo. =on=, sobre, em, no, na, § 122_g_, 134_a_. =one=, um, uma, § 55. =opinion=, a opinião. =oppress=, opprimir. =or=, ou. =order=, a ordem. =order= (_v._), mandar, mandar fazer, dirigir. =other=, outro. =our=, nosso, § 76. =outside=, fora. =own=, proprio. =owner=, o dono, o proprietario, o senhorio. =ox=, o boi. P =paper=, o papel. =parents=, os pais, § 23. =pass=, passar. =pay=, pagar. =pen=, a penna. =pencil=, o lapis. =people=, o povo. =perhaps=, talvez. =person=, a pessoa. =physician=, o medico. =piece=, o pedaço. =pity=, a pena; a lastima. =place=, o lugar. =plate=, o prato. =please=, agradar, tenha a bondade (_have the kindness to_). =pleased=, contente. =poor=, pobre, § 51. =poor fellow=, =poor thing=, =poor man=, coitado -a. =population=, a população. =port=, o porto. =Portuguese=, portuguez. =possible=, possivel. =potato=, a batata. =prepare=, preparar, aprontar. =present=, o presente; =at present=, por ora. =pretty=, bonito. =prince=, o principe. =print=, imprimir, § 117. =promptly=, prontamente. =prudent=, prudente. Q =question=, perguntar. =quite=, bem, § 145; algum tanto, inteiramente. R =railway=, a estrada de ferro. =rain=, a chuva, chover (to). =rapidly=, depressa. =rat=, o rato. =read=, ler. =request=, pedir. =respect=, o respeito. =retire=, retirar-se. =return=, voltar. =rice=, o arroz. =rich=, rico. =ridiculous=, ridiculo. =river=, o rio. =road=, a estrada, o caminho. =rose=, a rosa. =run away=, fugir. S =satisfactorily=, satisfactoriamente. =say=, dizer, § 112. =seasick=, enjoado. =see=, ver, § 112, p. 86. =sell=, vender. =sharp=, agudo; ‘=ten o’clock sharp=,’ ás dez horas em ponto. =shop=, a loja. =short=, curto. =sick=, doente. =since=, desde, depois. =single=, um só. =sir=, o senhor, § 66. =sister=, a irmã _or_ irman. =slowly=, devagar. =small=, pequeno. =some=, uns, alguns, § 17, 100_a_. =somewhat=, um tanto, § 135_s_. =son=, o filho. =soon=, cedo. =speak=, falar. =spend=, gastar. =spoon=, a colher. =state=, o estado. =steamer=, o vapor. =still=, _conj._, ainda, todavia, com tudo. =storm=, o temporal. =straw=, a palha. =street=, a rua. =strong=, forte. =such=, tal, § 89, 93. =suit=, convir, § 121. =sun=, o sol. =surround=, cercar, rodear. T =table=, a mesa. =take=, tomar, levar. =take away=, tirar. =talk=, falar, § 107. =tall=, alto. =tea=, o chá. =terrible=, terrivel. =than=, que, de, § 145_a_. =that=, aquelle -a, § 84, 87. =the=, a, o, as, os, § 14, 15, 16. =then=, então, naquelle tempo. =there=, ahi, ali, lá, acolá, § 135_c_, _d_, _r_. =thing=, a cousa. =this=, este, esse, § 84, 86. =tiger=, o tigre, a onça. =tile=, a telha. =time=, o tempo; =what time is it?= _see_ § 64; a vez, § 62. =to=, a, § 123_a_, _b_, 124, 141. =to-day=, hoje. =to-morrow=, amanhã. =track=, a linha, o trilho. =travel=, viajar. =trip=, a viagem. =twice=, duas vezes. =two=, dois, duos, § 55. U =ugly=, feio. =under=, em baixo. V =valley=, o valle. =venerable=, veneravel. =very=, mui, muito, § 44_d_, 135_c_. =village=, a aldeia, a povoação, o arraial, a villa. =visit=, visitar. =volcano=, o vulcão. W =waken=, accordar. =walk=, passeiar, andar. =walk=, o passeio. =want=, querer, desejar. =water=, a agua. =we=, nos, § 65, 67, 72. =week=, a semana. =well=, bem, § 134_h_. =what=, que, o que, § 95-97, 102_a_, _b_; qual, § 95, 96, 98. =when=, quando. =whence=, donde. =where=, onde. =whether=, si. =which=, qual, § 95-98. =while=, em quanto; =in a little while=, d’aqui a pouco. =white=, branco. =who=, quem, § 96. =whoever=, quem quer, § 102. =wife=, a mulher, a esposa. =window=, a janella. =wine=, o vinho. =with=, com. =wolf=, o lobo. =woman=, a mulher. =woods=, o mato. =work=, trabalhar. =world=, o mundo. =worse=, peior, § 44_g_, 45. =worth=, valer, p. 86. =worthy=, digno. =write=, escrever, § 116. Y =year=, o anno. =yellow=, amarello. =yes=, sim, § 135_f_, _g_, _h_. =yesterday=, hontem. =you=, vos, § 65, 67, 72. =young=, novo. =young man=, o moço. =young woman=, a moça, a donzella. =your=, vosso, seu, § 76. *** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 79190 ***